EP0862560A1 - Substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors - Google Patents

Substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors

Info

Publication number
EP0862560A1
EP0862560A1 EP96939171A EP96939171A EP0862560A1 EP 0862560 A1 EP0862560 A1 EP 0862560A1 EP 96939171 A EP96939171 A EP 96939171A EP 96939171 A EP96939171 A EP 96939171A EP 0862560 A1 EP0862560 A1 EP 0862560A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
group
optionally substituted
give
pyrimidineamine
compound
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
EP96939171A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Other versions
EP0862560B1 (en
Inventor
Peter David Davis
David Festus Charles Moffat
Jeremy Martin Davis
Martin Clive Hutchings
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
UCB Celltech Ltd
Original Assignee
Celltech R&D Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Celltech R&D Ltd filed Critical Celltech R&D Ltd
Publication of EP0862560A1 publication Critical patent/EP0862560A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of EP0862560B1 publication Critical patent/EP0862560B1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Lifetime legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/32—One oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom
    • C07D239/42—One nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
    • C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
    • C07D239/48—Two nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond

Definitions

  • This invention relates to substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines, to processes for their preparation, to pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and to their use in medicine.
  • Protein kinases participate in the signalling events which control the activation, growth and differentiation of cells in response to extracellular mediators and to changes in the environment. In general, these kinases fall into two groups; those which preferentially phosphorylate serine and/or threonine residues and those which preferentially phosphorylate tyrosine residues [Hanks, S K, Hunter T, FASEB. J. 9, 576-596 (1995)].
  • the serine/threonine kinases include for example, protein kinase C isoforms [Newton A C, J. Biol. Chem.
  • tyrosine kinases include membrane-spanning growth factor receptors such as the epidermal growth factor receptor [Iwashita S and Kobayashi M. Cellular Signalling 4, 123- 132 (1992)], and cytosolic non-receptor kinases such as p56 lck p59 f yn ZAP-70 and csk kinases [Chan C et al Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12 , 555-592 (1994)].
  • membrane-spanning growth factor receptors such as the epidermal growth factor receptor [Iwashita S and Kobayashi M. Cellular Signalling 4, 123- 132 (1992)]
  • cytosolic non-receptor kinases such as p56 lck p59 f yn ZAP-70 and csk kinases [Chan C et al Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12 , 555-592 (1994)].
  • R 1 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group or a group selected from hydroxyl (-OH), substituted hydroxyl, thiol (-SH), substituted thiol, am o (-NH2), or substituted ammo,
  • R 2 and R 3 which may be the same or different, is each an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group,
  • R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain alkyl group
  • R 5 is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group,
  • R 6 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an ammo (-NH2), substituted ammo, nitro, carboxyl (-CO2H) or esterified carboxyl group or a group -X 1 -R 6a where X 1 is a direct bond or a linker atom or group and R 6a is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group,
  • X is a direct bond or a linker atom or group
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heteroaliphatic, heterocycloa phatic, aromatic or heteroaromatic group; and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof
  • Halogen atoms represented by the group R 1 and/or R 6 in compounds of formula (1 ) include for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 5 and/or R 6a is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl
  • alkenyl or alkynyl group each of said groups may independently be an optionally substituted straight or branched chain C- ⁇ -6 alkyl, e.g. C 1 -3 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, e.g. C 2-4 alkenyl, or C -6 alkynyl, e g C2- 4 alkynyl group.
  • Such groups include optionally substituted -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 , -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -(CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 , -CH(CH 3 )CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -C(CH 3 ) 3l -(CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 , -(CH 2 ) 5 CH 3 , -CHCH 2 , -CHCHCH 3 , -CH 2 CHCH 2 , -CHCHCH2CH3, -CH2CHCHCH3, -(CH 2 )2CHCH 2 , -CCH, -CCCH3, -CH 2 CCH, -CCCH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CCCH 3 , or -(CH 2 ) 2 CCH groups
  • the optional substituents which may be present on these groups include one, two, three or more substituents selected from halogen atoms, e
  • Substituted hydroxyl groups represented by the group R 1 in compounds of formula (1 ) include -OR 8 groups where R 8 is an optionally substituted straight or branched C 1 -6 alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, C 2 - 6 alkenyl, e g allyl, or C2- 6 alkynyl, e.g. ethynyl group.
  • the optional substituents which may be present on these groups include a phenyl group and/or one, two, three or more of the atoms or groups described above in relation to substituents present on alkyl groups represented by R 1
  • Substituted thiol groups represented by the group R 1 include -SR 8 groups, wherein R 8 is as just defined.
  • R 1 and/or R 6 is a substituted am o group it may be for example a -NHR 9 or -NR 9 R 10 group where R 9 and R 10 , which may be the same or different, is each a group -R 8 or -COR 8 where R 8 is as just defined
  • Esterified carboxyl groups represented by the group R 6 include groups of formula -C0 2 Alk 1 wherein -C ⁇ 2Alk 1 is as defined hereinafter in connection with esterified carboxyl groups represented by the group R 13 .
  • Linker atoms represented by X or X 1 in compounds of formula (1 ) include -0- or -S- atoms.
  • X or X 1 is a linker group it may be for example a -C(O)-, -C(S)- ( -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 -, -N(RH)- [where RU is a hydrogen atom or a C- 1 -6 alkyi, e.g.
  • R 7 in compounds of formula (1 ) is an optionally substituted aliphatic or cycloaliphatic group it may be an optionally substituted C- ⁇ - 10 aliphatic or C3- 1 0 cycloaliphatic group.
  • Particular examples include optionally substituted straight or branched chain C-i-e alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl groups or optionally substituted C 3- ⁇ ocycloalkyl, C 3- ⁇ ocycloalkenyl or C 3- iocycloalkynyl groups.
  • Heteroaliphatic or heterocycloaliphatic groups represented by R 7 include the aliphatic or cycloaliphatic groups just described but with each group additionally containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms or heteroatom- containing groups. Particular heteroatoms or groups include atoms or groups -X 2 - where X 2 is as defined above for X when X is a linker atom or group.
  • Aromatic groups represented by R 7 in compounds of formula (1 ) include for example optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic fused ring C6- 1 2 aromatic groups, such as optionally substituted phenyl, 1 - or 2-naphthyl, 1 - or 2-tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl or indenyl groups.
  • Heteroaromatic groups represented by R 7 include optionally substituted C- ⁇ -9 heteroaromatic groups containing for example one, two, three or four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms.
  • the heteroaromatic groups may be for example monocyclic or bicyclic fused ring heteroaromatic groups.
  • Monocyclic heteroaromatic groups include for example five- or six-membered heteroaromatic groups containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms.
  • Bicyclic heteroaromatic groups include for example nine- to thirteen-membered fused-ring heteroaromatic groups containing one, two or more heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms.
  • R 7 is a heteroaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic or heteroaromatic group it is attached to the remainder of the molecule of formula (1 ) through any available heteroatom or group or, preferably, carbon atom.
  • R 7 aliphatic groups include those alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl groups specifically described above in relation to the groups R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 5 and R 6 . Each of these groups may be optionally substituted, and/or optionally interrupted by one or two heteroatoms or heteratom- containing groups represented by -X 2 - [where X 2 is as previously defined], to yield particular examples of R 7 optionally substituted aliphatic or heteroaliphatic groups.
  • R 7 cycloaliphatic and heterocycloaliphatic groups include optionally substitued cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycioheptyl, 2-cyclobuten-l -yl, 2-cyclopenten-1 -yl, 3- cyclopenten-1 -yl, 2,4-cyclopentadien-1 -yl, 3,5,-cyclohexadien-1 -yl, pyrroline, e.g. 2- or 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxolanyl, e.g.
  • heteroaromatic groups represented by R 7 include optionally substituted pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, N-methylimidazolyl, N-ethyl- imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl,
  • R 1 2 substituents which may be present on any of the above R 7 groups in compounds of formula (1 ) include one, two, three or more substituents, each represented by the group R 1 2 .
  • the substituent R 1 2 may be selected from an atom or group R 13 or -Alk(R 3 ) m , where R 13 is a halogen atom, or an amino (-NH 2 ), -NHR 14 [where R 14 is an -Alk(R 13 ) m , heterocycloalkyl, -Alk-heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group], -N(R 1 ) 2 [where each R 14 group is the same or different], nitro, cyano, hydroxyl (-OH), -OR 14 , formyl, carboxyl (-C0 2 H), esterified carboxyl, thiol (-SH), -SR 1 4 , -COR 1 4 , -CSR 1 4 , -S
  • R 13 may be present on any suitable carbon atom in -Alk Where more than one R 13 substituent is present these may be the same or different and may be present on the same or different atom in -Alk or in R 7 as appropriate
  • R 7 may represent a -CH(R 13 ) 2 group, such as a -CH(OH)Ar group where Ar is an aryl or heteroaryl group as defined below
  • m is zero and no substituent R 13 is present the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene chain represented by Alk becomes an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group.
  • R 1 3 is a halogen atom it may be for example a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom
  • Esterified carboxyl groups represented by the group R 13 include groups of formula -C0 2 Alk 1 wherein Alk 1 is a straight or branched, optionally substituted C I - ⁇ alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl or t-butyl group; a C6- ⁇ 2 arylC ⁇ -8alkyl group such as an optionally substituted benzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, 1 -naphthyl- methyl or 2-naphthylmethyl group; a C6- ⁇ 2 aryl group such as an optionally substituted phenyl, 1 -naphthyl or 2-naphthyl group; a C6- ⁇ 2 aryloxyC-
  • Alk When Alk is present in or as a substituent R 2 it may be for example a methylene, ethylene, n-propylene, i-propylene, n-butylene, i-butylene, s-butylene, t-butylene, ethenylene, 2-propenylene, 2-butenylene , 3-butenylene, ethynylene, 2-propynylene, 2-butynylene or 3-butynylene chain, optionally interrupted by one, two, or three -O- or -S-, atoms or -S(O)-, -S(0) 2 - or -N(R 1 )- groups
  • Optionally substituted cycloalkyl groups represented by the group R 1 3 include optionally substituted C 5-7 cycloalkyl groups such as optionally substituted cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl groups.
  • Heterocycloalkyl groups represented by the group R 12 or R 4 include optionally substituted heteroC 3-6 cycloalkyl groups containing one or two oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms. Particular examples of such groups include optionally substituted azetid yl pyrrolidinyl, pipe ⁇ dinyl, piperazmyl, homopiperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomorphol yl groups.
  • the heterocyclo- alkyl group may be attached to the remainder of the molecule through any of its ring carbon atoms, or where present, ring nitrogen atom.
  • Alk may be as defined above and the heterocycloalkyl portion may be as just defined, attached to Alk through any of its ring carbon atoms, or where present, ring nitrogen atom.
  • Optional subsituents which may be present on R 12 , R 13 or R 4 cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups include one or two C 1 -6 alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, hydroxyl (-OH) hydroxyC-
  • the subst ⁇ tuent(s) may be present on any available ring carbon or nitrogen atom as appropriate.
  • Aryl and heteroaryl groups represented by the groups R 1 3 or R 4 include for example optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic C 6- -
  • Particularly useful atoms or groups represented by R 12 include fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms, or Chalky!, C 1 -6 alkylamino, d - 6 hydroxyalkyl, C ⁇ -6 alkylthiol, d- 6 alkoxy, hydroxyd-ealkoxy, aminod- 6 alkoxy, d-6alkylarr.inod-6a.koxy, C ⁇ -6 dialkylaminoC ⁇ -6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 5 - cyclo-alkoxy, optionally substituted C -7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 5 -7cycloalkylamino, haloC 1 -6 alkyl, halod-ealkoxy, C ⁇ -6 alkylamino, amino (-NH 2 ), aminoC ⁇ .
  • two R 12 substituents may be linked together to form a cyclic group such as a cyclic ether, e.g. a d- ⁇ alkylenedioxy group such as a methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy group
  • R 12 substituents include for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms, or a methylamino, ethylamino, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, methylthiol, ethylthiol, methoxy, ethoxy, ⁇ -propoxy, 2- hydroxyethoxy, 3-hydroxypropoxy, 4-hydroxybutoxy, 2-am ⁇ noethoxy, 3- ammopropoxy, 2-(methylam ⁇ no)ethoxy, 2-(d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no)ethoxy, 3- (d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no)propoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylammo, 2- hydroxycyclohexylammo, trifluoromethyl, tnfiuoromethoxy, methylamino, ethylamino, ammo (-NH) 2 , aminomethyl, aminoethyl, dimethylamino, dieth
  • R 12 substituents are present, these need not necessarily be the same atoms and/or groups.
  • the presence of certain substituents in the compounds of formula (1 ) may enable salts of the compounds to be formed.
  • Suitable salts include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, for example acid addition salts derived from inorganic or organic acids, and salts derived from inorganic and organic bases.
  • Acid addition salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, alkylsulphonates, e.g. methanesulphonates, ethanesulpho ⁇ ates, or isethionates, arylsulphonates, e.g. p-toluenesulphonates, besylates or napsylates, phosphates, sulphates, hydrogen sulphates, acetates, tnfluoroacetates, propionates, citrates, maleates, fumarates, malonates, succmates, lactates, oxalates, tartrates and benzoates.
  • Salts derived from inorganic or organic bases include alkali metal salts such as sodium or potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium or calcium salts, and organic am e salts such as morpholine, piperidine, dimethylamine or diethylamine salts.
  • Particularly useful salts of compounds according to the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, especially acid addition pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • the compounds of formula (1) may exist as geometrical isomers and/or may have one or more chiral centres so that enantiomers or diasteromers may exist. It is to be understood that the invention extends to all such isomers of the compounds of formula (1 ), and to mixtures thereof, including racemates.
  • the groups R , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R5_ R 7 and X are as defined for formula (1 ), as is the group R 6 except it is not an am o, substituted am o, nitro, carboxyl or esterified carboxyl group.
  • R 2 and R 3 is each an optionally substituted methyl or ethyl group.
  • groups of these types include methyl, ethyl, halomethyl, e.g. -CH 2 F, -CH 2 CI, -CHF 2 , -CHCI 2 , -CF 3 , -CCI 3 , or haloethyl groups.
  • R 2 and R 3 is each preferably a methyl group.
  • R 1 may in particular be an optionally substituted methoxy group.
  • R 1 groups include -OCH 2 F, -OCH 2 CI, -OCHF2, -OCHCI2, -OCF 3l -OCCI3 or, especially, methoxy groups.
  • R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the groups R 5 and R 6 in compounds of formula (1 ) are each preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • X in compounds of formula (1 ) is a direct bond, an oxygen or sulphur atom or a -N(R 1 1 )- group.
  • Especially useful compounds of this type are those whereinX is a direct bond, a sulphur atom or a -N(R 1 1 )-, particularly a -NH-, group.
  • R 7 in compounds of formula (1) is preferably an optionally substituted aromatic or heteroaromatic group.
  • a further class of compounds according to the invention has the formula 1 (a):
  • R 5 and R 6 are as defined for formula (1 ), X is a direct bond, an oxygen or sulphur atom, or a group -N(R 1 1 )- and R 7 is an optionally substituted aromatic or heteroaromatic group, and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof.
  • R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 6 is preferably a group -X R 6a where X 1 is as defined for formula (1 ) and R 6 a is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl group, or R 6 is especially a hydrogen atom.
  • X in compounds of formula (1 a) is preferably a direct bond, a sulphur atom, or a -N(R 1 1 )- group, particularly a -NH-group.
  • R 7 group in compounds of formulae (1 ) or 1 (a) in general may be as defined previously for compounds of formula (1 ).
  • R 7 is an optionally substituted phenyl, 1 - or 2-naphthyl or heteroaromatic group containing one or two oxygen, sulphur and/or nitrogen atoms.
  • R 7 may be an optionally substituted phenyl, 1 - or 2-naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, [2,3-d ⁇ hydro]benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, 2-pyr ⁇ dyl, 3- pyridyl or 4-py ⁇ dyl group.
  • Particularly useful groups include optionally substituted phenyl, 2-py ⁇ dyl, 3-pyr ⁇ dyl or 4-py ⁇ dyl groups.
  • the aromatic or heteroaromatic group may in particular be attached to the remainder of the compound of formula (1 ) through any available ring carbon atom.
  • the optional substituents which may be present on aromatic or heteroaromatic R 7 groups in compounds of formulae (1 ) or (1 a) include one, two, or three R 12 substituents as generally and particularly described above and hereinafter in the Examples.
  • Particularly useful R 1 2 substituents include -NHR 14 , -AlkNH 2 , -AlkNHR 14 , -OR 14 , -AlkC0 2 H or -AlkC0 2 Alk 1 groups where R 4 , Alk and Alk 1 are as generally and particularly defined above.
  • Useful members of these substituents include those wherein R 14 is an -Alk, -AlkNH2 or -Alk-heterocycloalkyl group. In t hese, and the other preferred substituents just mentioned, Alk and Alk 1 when present is each preferably a d -6alkyl group.
  • Particularly useful compounds according to the invention include: N,N'-Bis(3,4,5-Tr ⁇ methoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyr ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ned ⁇ am ⁇ ne; 4-(2-(2-D ⁇ methylam ⁇ noethylam ⁇ no)pyr ⁇ d ⁇ n-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-tr ⁇ methoxyphenyl)- 2-py ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ neam ⁇ ne,
  • Compounds according to the invention are potent and selective inhibitors of protein kinases as demonstrated by differential inhibition of enzymes such as EGFr kinase, p56 lck kinase, ZAP-70 kinase, Csk kinase and p59 f y n kinase
  • enzymes such as EGFr kinase, p56 lck kinase, ZAP-70 kinase, Csk kinase and p59 f y n kinase
  • the compounds according to the invention are thus of particular use in the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases in which inappropriate protein tyrosine kinase action plays a role, for example in autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, and systemic lupus erythematosus, in transplant rejection, in graft v host disease, in hyperproliferative disorders such as tumours, psoriasis, in pannus formation in rheumatoid arthritis, restenosis following angioplasty and atherosclerosis, and in diseases in which cells receive pro-inflammatory signals such as asthma, inflammatory bowel disease and pancreatitis
  • the compounds according to the invention may be administered as pharmaceutical compositions, and according to a further aspect of the invention we provide a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of formula (1) together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents
  • compositions according to the invention may take a form suitable for oral, buccal, parenteral, nasal, topical or rectal administration, or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, tablets, lozenges or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e g pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e g lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate), lubricants (e g magnesium stearate, talc or silica), disintegrants (e g potato starch or sodium glycollate), or wetting agents (e g sodium lauryl sulphate)
  • binding agents e g pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
  • fillers e g lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate
  • lubricants e g magnesium stearate, talc or silica
  • disintegrants e g potato starch or sodium glycollate
  • wetting agents e g sodium
  • Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the active compound
  • compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner
  • the compounds for formula (1 ) may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection e.g. by bolus injection or infusion.
  • Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g. in glass ampoule or multi dose containers, e.g. glass vials.
  • the compositions for injection may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilising, preserving and/or dispersing agents.
  • the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
  • the compounds of formula (1 ) may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation or by intramuscular injection.
  • the compounds for use according to the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation for pressurised packs or a nebuliser, with the use of suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichloro- fluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas or mixture of gases.
  • suitable propellant e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichloro- fluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas or mixture of gases.
  • compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient.
  • the pack or dispensing device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
  • the quantity of a compound of the invention required for the prophylaxis or treatment of a particular condition will vary depending on the compound chosen, and the condition of the patient to be treated. In general, however, daily dosages may range from around 100ng/kg to 100mg/kg e.g. around 0.01 mg/kg to 40mg/kg body weight for oral or buccal administration, from around 10ng/kg to 50mg/kg body weight for parenteral administration and around 0.05mg to around 1000mg e.g. around 0.5mg to around 1000mg for nasal administration or administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • the compounds of the mvention may be prepared by a number of processes as generally described below and more specifically in the Examples hereinafter.
  • R 1 -R 7 and X when used in the formulae depicted are to be understood to represent those groups described above in relation to formula (1 ) unless otherwise indicated.
  • reactive functional groups for example hydroxy, amino, thio or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions.
  • Conventional protecting groups may be used in accordance with standard practice [see, for example, Green, T. W. in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981 ].
  • deprotection may be the final step in the synthesis of a compound of formula (1 ) and the processes according to the invention described hereinafter are to be understood to extend to such removal of protecting groups.
  • a compound of formula (1) wherein X is a direct bond may be prepared by reaction of a guanidine of formula (2):
  • R 1 5 and R 1 6 which may be the same or different is each a C 1 -6 alkyl group.
  • the reaction may be performed in a solvent, for example a protic solvent such as an alcohol, e.g. ethanol, methoxyethanol or propanol, optionally in the presence of a base e.g. an alkali metal base, such as sodium hydroxide or potassium carbonate, at an elevated temperature, e.g. the reflux temperature.
  • a protic solvent such as an alcohol, e.g. ethanol, methoxyethanol or propanol
  • a base e.g. an alkali metal base, such as sodium hydroxide or potassium carbonate
  • Salts of the compounds of formula (2) include acid salts such as inorganic acid salts e.g. hydrochlorides or nitrates.
  • the reaction may be performed in a solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature, e.g. up to the reflux temperature.
  • a solvent such as ethanol
  • the reaction may be performed in the presence of a concentrated acid, e.g. hydrochloric or nitric acid.
  • the anilines of formula (4) are either known compounds or may be obtained by conventional procedures, for example by hydrogenation of the corresponding nitro derivatives using for example hydrogen in the presence of a metal catalyst in a suitable solvent, for example as more particularly described in the interconversion reactions discussed below or by use of the corresponding nitro derivative and a reducing agent such as a sodium hydrosulphite in a solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature such as the reflux temperature.
  • the nitrobenzenes for this particular reaction are either known compounds or may be prepared using similar methods to those used for the preparation of the known compounds, for example by treatment of the corresponding benzene with nitric acid in the prsence of an acid such as acetic acid at around ambient to the reflux temperature
  • Intermediate enam ones of formula (3) may be prepared by reaction of an acetyl derivative R 7 COCH 2 R 6 with an acetal (R 16 )(R 5 )NCR 5 (OCH 3 ) 2 at an elevated temperature
  • the starting materials for this reaction are either known compounds of may be prepared by methods analogous to those used for the preparation of the known compounds.
  • a compound of formula (1 ) where X is a linker atom or group may be prepared by reaction of an intermediate of formula (5)
  • L is a leaving atom or group
  • R X 2 H where X 2 is a linking atom or group as defined above.
  • Particular leaving atoms or groups represented by L include for example halogen atoms, e.g. bromine, iodine or chlorine atoms, and sulphonyloxy groups, e.g. alkylsulphonyloxy groups, such as t ⁇ fluoromethylsulphonyl- oxy, and aryisulphonyloxy groups, such as p-toluenesulphonyloxy
  • halogen atoms e.g. bromine, iodine or chlorine atoms
  • sulphonyloxy groups e.g. alkylsulphonyloxy groups, such as t ⁇ fluoromethylsulphonyl- oxy
  • aryisulphonyloxy groups such as p-toluenesulphonyloxy
  • the reaction may be performed in the presence of a base, for example an organic base such as an organic amme, e.g triethylamine or an inorganic base, for example a hydride such as sodium hydride, an alkoxide such as potassium t-butoxide, or a carbonate such as caesium or potassium carbonate, where necessary in the presence of a dipolar aprotie solvent such as an ether, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran, or an amide, e.g. a substituted amide such as dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature e g from around room temperature to around 90°C
  • a base for example an organic base such as an organic amme, e.g triethylamine or an inorganic base, for example a hydride such as sodium hydride, an alkoxide such as potassium t-butoxide, or a carbonate such as caesium or potassium carbonate, where
  • the starting py ⁇ midinones may be prepared by reaction of a guanidine of formula (2) or a salt thereof with a ⁇ -ketoester [for example a compound CH 3 CH 2 C (0)OCH(R 6 )C(0)R 5 (where R5 IS an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group)] or a functional analogue thereof where it is desired to obtain compounds wherein R 5 is a hydrogen atom, in the presence of a base, for example an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide in a solvent, for example a protic solvent, such as an alcohol, e g methanol at an elevated temperature, e g up to around the reflux temperature
  • a base for example an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide in a solvent, for example a protic solvent, such as an alcohol, e g methanol at an elevated temperature, e g up to around the reflux temperature
  • a compound of formula (1 ) may be prepared by displacement of a leaving atom or group in a pyrimidine of formula (6)
  • the reaction may be performed at an elevated temperature, for example the reflux temperature, where necessary in the presence of a solvent, for example a ketone such as acetone, an alcohol such as ethanol or 2- ethoxyethanol or an aromatic hydrocarbon such as toluene, optionally in the presence of a base, for example an organic amme such as triethylamide or pyridine, or an acid, for example an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid.
  • a solvent for example a ketone such as acetone
  • an alcohol such as ethanol or 2- ethoxyethanol
  • an aromatic hydrocarbon such as toluene
  • a base for example an organic amme such as triethylamide or pyridine
  • an acid for example an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid.
  • the pyrimidines of formula (7) and the nucleophilic reagents R 7 XH are either known compounds or may be prepared using methods analogous to those used for the preparation of the known compounds.
  • a compound of formula (1 ) wherein X is a -C(O)- group may be prepared by treating a carboxamide of formula (8):
  • the group X 3 in intermediates of formula (8) may be for example a group -CONR 1 5R 16 or -CON(R 15 )(OR 1 6).
  • the reaction may be performed in a solvent such as an ether, e.g. a cyclic ether such as a tetrahydrofuran, at a low temperature, e g around -78°C.
  • a solvent such as an ether, e.g. a cyclic ether such as a tetrahydrofuran, at a low temperature, e g around -78°C.
  • a reactive derivative thereof with a reagent R 15 R 16 NH or R 15 R 1 60NH in the presence of a base e.g. an organic amme such as tnet hylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane at a low temperature, e.g. around -20° to 0°C.
  • a base e.g. an organic amme such as tnet hylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane at a low temperature, e.g. around -20° to 0°C.
  • Intermediate acids of formula (9) may be prepared by heating the corresponding nitrile in the presnce of a base such as sodium hydroxide in a solvent such as ethanol.
  • the nitrile starting material may be prepared by heating 2-chloro-4-cyano-pyhmidine with the appropriate aniline in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as ethanol at the reflux temperature.
  • Acids of formula (9) may also be used to generate compounds of formula (1 ) wherein X is a -NHC(0)0- group by reaction with an azide, for example diphenylphosphorylazide, and an alcohol R OH in the presence of a base such as triethylamine at an elevated temperature, e.g. the reflux temperature.
  • an azide for example diphenylphosphorylazide
  • R OH an alcohol
  • a base such as triethylamine
  • Compounds of formula (1 ) may also be prepared by interconversion of other compounds of formula (1 ) and it is to be understood that the invention extends to such interconversion processes.
  • standard substitution approaches employing for example alkyiation, arylation, aeylation, thioacylation, sulphonylation, formylation or coupling reactions may be used to add new substitutents to and/or extend existing substituents in compounds of formula (1 ).
  • Altematively existing substituents in compounds of formula (1 ) may be modified by for example oxidation, reduction or cleavage reactions to yield other compounds of formula (1 ).
  • the alkyiation or arylation reaction may be carried out in the presence of a base, e.g. an inorganic base such as a carbonate, e g. caesium or potassium carbonate, an alkoxide, e g. potassium t-butoxide, or a hydride, e.g. sodium hydride, in a dipolar aprotie solvent such as an amide, e.g. a substituted amide such as dimethylformamide or an ether, e g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran, at around 0°C to around 40°C
  • a base e.g. an inorganic base such as a carbonate, e g. caesium or potassium carbonate, an alkoxide, e g. potassium t-butoxide, or a hydride, e.g. sodium hydride
  • a dipolar aprotie solvent such as an amide,
  • the leaving group L may be alternatively part of the compound of formula (1 ) and the reaction performed with an appropriate nucleophilic reagent in a solvent such as an alcohol, e g ethanol, at an elevated temperature, e.g the reflux temperature.
  • a solvent such as an alcohol, e g ethanol
  • a compound of formula (1 ) may be acylated or thioacylated
  • the reaction may be performed for example with an acyl halide or anhydride in the presence of a base, such as a tertiary amme e g triethylamine in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g dichloromethane or carbon tetrachloride, or an alcohol, e.g methanol at for example ambient temperature, or by reaction with a thioester in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at a low temperature such as around 0°C
  • a base such as a tertiary amme e g triethylamine
  • a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g dichloromethane or carbon tetrachloride, or an alcohol, e.g methanol at for example ambient temperature
  • a thioester in an inert solvent such
  • a compound of formula (1 ) may be formylated, for example by reaction of the compound with a mixed anhydride HCOOCOCH3 or with a mixture of formic acid and acetic anhydride
  • Compounds of formula (1 ) may be prepared in another general interconversion reaction by sulphonylation, for example by reaction of the compound with a reagent AlkS(O) 2 L, or ArS(O)2L in the presence of a base, for example an inorganic base such as sodium hydride in a solvent such as an amide, e.g a substituted amide such as dimethylformamide at for example ambient temperature
  • a base for example an inorganic base such as sodium hydride in a solvent such as an amide, e.g a substituted amide such as dimethylformamide at for example ambient temperature
  • the reaction may in particular be performed with compounds of formula (1 ) possessing a primary or secondary ammo group
  • compounds of formula (1 ) may be prepared from other compounds of formula (1 ) by modification of existing functional groups in the latter
  • ester groups -C0 2 Alk 1 in compounds of formula (1 ) may be converted to the corresponding acid [-C0 2 H] by acid- or base- catalysed hydrolysis or by catalytic hydrogenation depending on the nature of the group Alk 1
  • Acid- or base-catalysed hydrolysis may be achieved for example by treatment with an organic or inorganic acid , e g trifluoroacetic acid in an aqueous solvent or a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid in a solvent such as dioxan or an alkali metal hydroxide, e.g lithium hydroxide in an aqueous alcohol, e g aqueous methanol
  • Catalytic hydrogenation may be carried out using for example hydrogen in the presence of a metal catalyst, for example palladium on a support such as carbon in a solvent such as an ether, e g tetrahydrofuran or an alcohol , e g methanol
  • base-catalysed hydrolysis with for example an organic
  • -OAlk 2 [where Alk 2 represents an alkyl group such as a methyl group] groups in compounds of formula (1 ) may be cleaved to the corresponding alcohol [-OH] by reaction with boron tribromide in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e g dichloromethane at a low temperature, e g around -78°C
  • a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e g dichloromethane at a low temperature, e g around -78°C
  • Alcohol [-OH] groups may also be obtained by hydrogenation of the corresponding -OCH 2 Ar group using for example hydrogen in the presence of a metal catalyst, for example palladium on a support such as carbon in a solvent such as ethanol in the presence of ammonium formate
  • a metal catalyst for example palladium on a support such as carbon in a solvent such as ethanol in the presence of ammonium formate
  • -OH groups may be generated from the corresponding ester [-C ⁇ 2Alk] by reduction using for example a complex metal hydride such as lithium aluminium hydride.
  • alcohol -OH groups in compounds of formula (1 ) may be converted to a corresponding -OAlk or -OAr group by coupling with a reagent AlkOH or ArOH in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in the presence of a phosphine, e.g triphenylphosphine and an activator such as diethyl-, diisopropyl-, or dimethylazodicarboxylate.
  • a phosphine e.g triphenylphosphine and an activator such as diethyl-, diisopropyl-, or dimethylazodicarboxylate.
  • amines of formula (1) may be alkylated using a reductive alkyiation process employing an aldehyde and a borohydride, for example sodium t ⁇ acetoxyborohyd ⁇ de, in a solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid at around ambient temperature
  • a reductive alkyiation process employing an aldehyde and a borohydride, for example sodium t ⁇ acetoxyborohyd ⁇ de, in a solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid at around ambient temperature
  • Aminosulphonylammo [-NHSO2NH2] groups in compounds of formula (1 ) may be obtained, in another example, by reaction of a corresponding amme [-NH2] with sulphamide in the presence of an organic base such as pyridine at an elevated temperature, e g the reflux temperature
  • amme [-NH2] groups in compounds of formula (1 ) may be obtained by hydrolysis from a corresponding imide by reaction with hydrazine in a solvent such as an alcohol, e g ethanol at ambient temperature.
  • a nitro [-NO2] group may be reduced to an amme [- NH 2 ], for example by catalytic hydrogenation as just described, or by chemical reduction using for example a metal, e.g. tin or iron, in the presence of an acid such as hydrochloric acid, optionally in a solvent such as an alcohol, e.g. methanol
  • a tetrazole substituent may be obtained from the corresponding nitrile by treatment of the latter with an azide, e.g. sodium azide, in a solvent such as a substituted amine, e.g. dimethylformamide at an elevated temperature.
  • N-oxides of compounds of formula (1 ) may be prepared for example by oxidation of the corresponding nitrogen base using an oxidising agent such as hydrogen peroxide in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid, at an elevated temperature, for example around 70°C to 80°C, or altematively by reaction with a peracid such as peracetic acid or 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid in a solvent, e.g. dichloromethane, at ambient temperature.
  • salts of compounds of formula (1 ) may be prepared by conventional means, for example by reaction of a compound of formula (1 ) with an appropriate acid or base in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents, e.g. an organic solvent such as an ether, e.g. diethylether, or an alcohol, e.g. ethanol.
  • a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents e.g. an organic solvent such as an ether, e.g. diethylether, or an alcohol, e.g. ethanol.
  • the guanidine starting material was prepared by heating a mixture of
  • EXAMPLE 3 4-(4-Pyridv ⁇ -N- ( 3.4.5-trimethoxypheny ⁇ -2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(tr ⁇ methoxyphenyl)guan ⁇ d ⁇ ne nitrate (1.44g, 5. Ommol), 3- d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-1 -(4-pyr ⁇ dyl)-2-propene-1 -one (880mg, 5. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (220mg, 5.5mmoi) to give the title compound (765mg) as a green solid m.p. 205°.
  • EXAMPLE 4 4-(2-Furyl)-N-3.4.5-ttrimetho ⁇ y p henyn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .66g, 5.75mmol), 3- d ⁇ methylamino-1 -(2-furyl)-2-propen-1 -one) (950mg, 5.75mmol) and sodium hydroxide (253mg, 6.33 mmol) to give the title compound (350mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 139°.
  • EXAMPLE 8 4- ⁇ 2-Thiazolv ⁇ -N- ⁇ 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(tr ⁇ methoxyphenyl)guanid ⁇ ne nitrate (1 .27g, 4.40mmol) , 3- d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-1 -(2-th ⁇ azolyl)-2-propen-1 -one (802mg, 4 40mmol), and sodium hydroxide (194mg, 4.84mmol) to give the title compound (520mg) as a green solid m.p. 159°.
  • EXAMPLE 10 4- ( 2-Naphthvh-N- ( 3.4.5-trimetho ⁇ y p henyl ) -2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxypheny)guanidine nitrate (1.02g, 3.55mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(2-naphthyl)-2-propen-1 -one (800mg, 3.55mmol) and sodium hydroxide (156mg, 3.90mmol) to give the title compound (310mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 156°.
  • EXAMPLE 11 4- ( 3-Nitrophenyn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2- p yrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyi)guanidine nitrate (3.93g, 13.63mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1-(3-nitrophenyl)-2-propen-1 -one (3.0g, 13.63mmol) and sodium hydroxide (545mg, 13.63mmol) to give the title compound (250mg) as a yellow solid, m.p. 184-185°. MS m/z 383 (M+H)+.
  • EXAMPLE 13 4-(3-Bromopheny ⁇ -N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.63g, 5.66mmol), 1 -(3- bromophenyl)-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1-one (1.5g, 5.66mmol) and sodium hydroxide (250mg, 6.23mmol) to give the title compound (785mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 145°. MS m/z 418 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 14 4- ⁇ , Pyrrpl-2-vh-N-f3.4.5-trimethoxypheny ⁇ -2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.15g, 4. Ommol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(pyrrol-2-yl)-2-propen-1 -one (656g, 4. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (176mg, 4.4mmol) to give the title compound (10mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 150°. MS m/z 327 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 16 4-(Pyrazin-2-y ⁇ -N-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.15g, 4. Ommol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(pyrazin-2-yl)-2-propen-1 -one (708mg, 4. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (176mg) to give the title compound (254mg) as a yellow solid, m.p. 181-182°. MS m/z 340 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 20 4-rBenzothiazol-2-yn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .72g, 6. Ommol), 1 - (benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1 -one (1 .39g, 6. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (270mg, 6.6mmol) to give the title compound (420mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 182-183°. MS m/z 395 (M+H)+.
  • EXAMPLE 23 4-(2-Pyridy ⁇ -N-. ' 3.4.5-trimethoxy p heny ⁇ -2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .99g, 6.91 mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(2-pyridyl)-2-propen-1 -one (1 .22g, 6.91 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (276mg, 6.9mmol) to give the title compound (158mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 185°. MS m/z 339 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 26 4-(5-Thiazolv ⁇ -N- ( 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (634mg, 2.2mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(5-thiazolyl)-2-propen-1 -one (330g, 1 .81 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (88mg, 2.2mmol) to give the title compound (42mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 171°. MS m/z 345 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 27 4-f4-Cvano p henvn-N-r3.4.5-trimetho ⁇ yp henyn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (17.0g, 59. Ommol), 1 -(4- cyanophenyl)-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1 -one (11.82g, 58. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (2.36mg, 59. Ommol) to give the title compound (11.66g) as a green solid m.p. 183°. MS m/z 363 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 34 4-(4-Bromophenyl)-N-(3.4.5-trimetho ⁇ yphenyn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(t ⁇ methoxyphenyl)guan ⁇ d ⁇ ne nitrate (2.26g, 7.80mmol), 1 -(4- bromophenyl)-3-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-2-propen-1 -one (2.0g, 7.80mmol) and sodium hydroxide (346mg, 8.60mmol) to give the title compound (1 .0g) as a green solid m.p. 179°. MS m/z 416 (M+H)+.
  • EXAMPLE 35 4-f2-Chloropyridin-5-vn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidine- amine from 3,4,5-(t ⁇ methoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (16.42g, 22.3mmol), 1 -(2- chloropy ⁇ d ⁇ n-5-yl)-3-dimethylam ⁇ no-2-propen-1 -one (4.70g, 22.3mmol) and sodium hydroxide (895mg) to give the title compound (1 .43g) as a yellow solid m.p. 191 -192°. MS m/z 373.2 (M+H)+.
  • Example 7 The compound of Example 7 (400mg, 0.78mmol) was suspended in ethanol (5ml) and 4M sodium hydroxide (5ml) and heated at reflux for 4h.
  • EXAMPLE 39 4- ⁇ 4-Aminopheny ⁇ -N- «3.4.5-trimethoxyphenv ⁇ -2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 12 (800mg, 2.09mmoi), ammonium formate (660mg, 10.5mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (80mg) to give the title compound (253mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 195°. MS m/z 353 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 40 4-(3-Aminophenyh-N-(3.4.5-trimetho ⁇ yphenyn-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 1 1 (150mg, 0.39mmol), ammonium formate (150mg, 2.38mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (100mg) to give the title compound (120mq) as a vellow solid m p. 166-167° MS m/z 353 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 41 4- ( 3-Acetamidophenv ⁇ -N- ( 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine
  • acetyl chloride 0.06ml, 0.78mmol
  • Examples 42-44 were prepared in a similar manner to the compound of Example 41 : EXAMPLE 42 4- ( 4-Acetamidophenyh-N- (' 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 39 (300mg, 0.85mmol), triethylamine (0.13ml, 0.94mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.07ml, 0.94mmol) to give the title compound (178mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 239°. MS m/z 395 (M+H) + .
  • Example 45 The compound of Example 45 (500mg, 0.9mmol) was suspended in ethanol (30ml) containing hydrazine monohydrate (0.14ml, 2.8mmol) and the resulting mixture heated at reflux for 18h. On cooling the resulting precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in CH2CI2 (30ml), extracted with 2N hydrochloric acid (2x30ml) Combined acid layers were taken to pH 1 1 with 6N NaOH and extracted with CH CI (3x30ml), the organic layers were dried (MgS04), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (10ml) and the solution saturated with HCl (g).
  • the compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 48 from the compound of Example 50 (830mg, 1.54mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (0.23ml, 4.62mmol) to give the title compound (63m ⁇ ) as a white solid m.p. 161 -162°. MS m/z 41 1 (M+H) + .
  • the compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 47 from the compound of Example 49 (250mg, 0.71 mmol), ethylene carbonate (70mg, 6.78mmol) and 60% sodium hydride (dispersion in oil) (30mg, 0.78mmol) to give the title compound (140mg) as a yellow solid m.p 145-146°. MS m/z 398 (M+H) + .
  • Example 40 The compound of Example 40 (250mg, 0.71 mmol) and 3-bromopropanol were heated at 85° in DMF for 72h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to column chromatography [silica-ethyl acetate] to give the title compound (33mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 92-95°. MS m/z 411 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 58 4- ⁇ 3-Pyridylmethvnaminophenvn-N-t3.4.5-trimetho ⁇ phenyn-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 39 (250mg, 0.71 mmol), 3-pyridine- carboxaldehyde (69mg, 0.65mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (226mg, 1.67mmol) and acetic acid (0.1 ml) to give the title compound (134mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 189-190°. MS m/z 444 (M+H)+.
  • the 3-d ⁇ methylam ⁇ no-1 -(1 -oxopyr ⁇ d-4-yl)-2-propen-1 -one used as starting material was prepared by heating a solution of 4-acetylpy ⁇ d ⁇ ne-N-ox ⁇ de (2.5g, 18.2mmol) in dimethylformamide diethylacetal (30ml) at reflux for 0 5h On cooling the resulting solid was collected and washed with diethyl ether to give the desired product (3.18g) as an orange solid m p 181 °
  • the 4-acetylpy ⁇ d ⁇ ne-N-ox ⁇ de was prepared by treating a solution of 4- acetylpyridme (3.0g, 24 8mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 with 3-chloro-peroxybenzo ⁇ c acid [Aldrich 57-86%] (8 4g) at room temperature for 12 h The reaction was filtered, the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue subjected to column chromatography [silica 10% methanol-ethyl acetate] to give the desired product (3.2g) as a white solid m.p. 101 ° EXAMPLE 62
  • Example 35 The compound of Example 35 (200mg, 0.54mmol) and 3-am ⁇ no-1 - propanol (1 .0ml, 13.05mmol) were heated at 100° for 3.5h. On cooling the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure, water (15ml) added and the resulting precipitate collected. After washing with water, drying under vacuum and recrystallisaiton from ethanol the title compound (105mg) was obtained as a yellow solid m.p. 168-160°.
  • EXAMPLE 72 4-(2-f1-Benzylpiperid-4-ylamino)pyridin-5-y ⁇ -N- ⁇ 3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (500mg, 1.35mmol) and 4-am ⁇ no-1 - benzylpiperidine (514mg, 2.7mmol) to give the title compound (370mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 113-114°. MS m/z 527 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 73
  • Example 63 In a manner analogous to Example 63 from the compound of Example 35 (500mg) and N,N'-dimethyl-1 ,3-propanediamine (1 .62ml. 13. Ommol) to give the title com p ound ( 31 m ⁇ ) as a vellow solid, m.p. 103°. MS m/z 439 (M+H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 79 4- ( 2-f2-Diethylaminoethyl(methv ⁇ amino p yridin-5-v0-N-(3.4.5- trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N.N-d ⁇ ethyl-N'- methylethylenediamme (316mg, 2.43mmol) to give the title compound
  • EXAMPLE 84 4-(2-(4-Aminobutylamino ) pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and 1 ,4-butane- diamine (705mg, 8. Ommol) as a yellow solid m.p. 209-201 °.
  • EXAMPLE 85 4-(2-(2-Diethylaminoethylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N,N-diethyl- ethylenediamine (282mg, 2.43mmol) to give the title compound (50mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 67°. MS m/z 453 (M+H)+.
  • Examples 90-110 were prepared in a similar manner to the compound of Example 89 using the starting material shown.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from the available compounds shown in a similar manner to the pyrimidineamine starting material of Example 89:
  • EXAMPLE 90 N4-(4-(2-Hvdroxyethoxy)phenvn-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn2.4- pyrimidineamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (187mg, 0.70mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (146mg, O. ⁇ mmol) to give the title compound (18mg) as a colourless solid m.p.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4-(2-hydroxy- ethoxy)aniline (481 mg, 3.14mmol) 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (468mg, 3.14mmol) and triethylamine (0.46ml, 3.25mmol) to give the desired product as a yellow solid m.p. 169°. MS m/z 266(M+H)+.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 3,4- methylenedioxyaniiine (219mg, 1.60mmol) 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (250mg, 1.60mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1 .80mmol) to give the desired product (215mg) as a buff solid m.p. 148°. MS m/z 250 (M+H)+.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from meta-anisidme (0.18mg, 1 .6mmol), 2,4-dichloropyr ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne (250mg, 1 .6mmol) and triethylamine (0.25mg, 1.8mmol) to give the desired product (200mg) as a white solid m.p. 107°. MS m/z 236 (M+H) + .
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 2-(4-am ⁇ no- phenyl)ethanol (219mg, 1.6mmol) 2,4-d ⁇ chloropyr ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne (250mg, 1.6mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1.8mmol) to give the desired product (289mg) as an orange solid m.p. 163°.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from N,N-d ⁇ ethyl-1 ,4- phenyldiamine (263mg, 1.6mmol), 2,4-d ⁇ chloropyr ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne (250mg, 1.6mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, L ⁇ mmol) to give the desired prdocut (410mg) as a green solid m.p. 212°. MS m/z 277 (M+H).+ EXAMPLE 95
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared (from 4-(3-hydroxy- propoxy)aniline (267mg, 1 .60mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (250mg, L ⁇ Ommol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1 .80mmol) to give the desired product (383mg) as a pale orange solid m.p. 181 °. MS m/z 280 (M+H) + .
  • N4-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (250mg) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (189mg, LOmmol) to give the title compound (160mg) as a light pink solid m.p. 86°. MS m/z 413 (M+H) + .
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from ami ⁇ overatrole (257mg, 1 .60mmol) , 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (2.50mg, 1 .60mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1 .80mmol) to give the desired product (357mg) as a purple solid m.p. 104° MS m/z 266 (M+H)L
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4-(4- methylpiperazin-1 -yl)aniline (51 1 mg, 2.67mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (398mg, 2.67 mmol) and triethylamine (I0.4ml, 2.94mmol) to give the desired product (1 10mg) as a white solid m.p. 122°.
  • N4-(3.5-Dimethoxyphenvn-N2- ( 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine ( 150mg, 0.56mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (104mg, 0.56mmol) to give the title compound (162mg) as a white solid m.p. 180°. MS m/z 413 (M+H) + .
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 3,5-dimethoxy- aniline (257mg, 1.60mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (250mg, 1.60mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, L ⁇ Ommol) to give the desired product (237mg) as a white solid m.p. 225°. MS m/z 266 (M+H)+.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4-morpholino- aniline (285mg, 1.60mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (205mg, 1.60mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, L ⁇ Ommol) to give the desired product (322mg) as a white solid m.p. 221°. MS m/z 291 (M+H) + .
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 3-trifluoro- methoxyaniline (354mg, 2.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 5-am ⁇ no-2- methylbenzimidazole (2147mg, 1 .68mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimid ⁇ ne (250mg, 1 .68mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, L ⁇ Ommol) to give the desired product (344mg) as a pale pink solid m.p. >300°. MS m/z 260 (M+H) + .
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from N,N-d ⁇ methyl- 1 ,4-phenylenediamine (228mg, 1.6 ⁇ mmol) 2,4-dichloropr ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne (250mg,
  • N4-(3-Ethoxyphenyl)-N2-(3.4.5-triemthoxyphenyn-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine from 2-chloro-N-(3-ethoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (125mg, 0.5mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (92mg, 0.5mmol) to give the title compound (157mg) as a white solid m.p. 79°. MS m/z 397 (M+H) + .
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from meta- phenetidine (0.15ml, 1 .68mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (250mg, 1.68mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, L ⁇ Ommol) to give the desired product (125mg) as a cream solid m.p. 97°.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from para-anisidme (616mg, 5 Ommol), 2,4-d ⁇ chloropy ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne (745mg, 5. Ommol) and triethyl ⁇ amine (0 77ml, 5.5mmol) to give the desired compound (450mg) as a white solid m p. 250°.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 3-benzyloxy- anilme (5 Og, 25. Ommol), 2,4-d ⁇ chloropyr ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne (3.7g, 25 Ommol) and triethylamine (3. ⁇ ml, 27.5mmol) to give the desired compound (4.95g) as a white solid m.p. 1 19° MS m/z 312 (M+H) +
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 5-am ⁇ no-1- phenylsulphonylmdole (LOg, 3.9mmol), 2,4-d ⁇ chloropy ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne (577mg, 3.9mmol) and triethylamine (0.61 ml) to give the desired product (1 20g) as an orange solid m.p 156° MS m/z 335 (M+H)+.
  • EXAMPLE 110 N4-Cyclohexyl-N2- ⁇ 3.4.5-trimetho ⁇ yphenvn-2.4-pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-cyclohexylamino-4-pyrimidineamine (200mg, 0.9mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniiine (173mg, O. ⁇ mmol) to give the title compound (173mg) as a white solid m.p. 160-161 °.
  • the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4-am ⁇ no- 1 - benzyipiperidine (0.7ml, 3.4mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (500mg, 3.4mmol) and triethylamine (0.5ml, 3.7mmol) to give the desired product (650mg) as a white solid m.p. 136°. MS m/z 303 (M+H)+.
  • the pyrimidineanine starting material was prepared from benzylamine (3.67ml, 33.56mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (5.0g, 33.56mmol) and triethylamine (5.14ml, 36.9mmol) to give the desired product (4.21 g) as a white solid, m.p. 135-136°. MS m/z 220 (M+H)+.
  • the aniline starting material was prepared by treating a solution of 1 ,2- d ⁇ methoxy-3-(methylsulph ⁇ nyl)-5-n ⁇ trobenzene ( 1 .64g , 6.69mmol) in methanol (20ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (20ml) was treated with anhydrous tin (II) chloride (7.15g, 37.7mmol) and the resulting mixture refluxed for 1 .25h. On cooling to room temperature the mixture was poured into excess 1 M NaOH solution and extracted with CH CI 2 . The organic extract was dried (MgS ⁇ ) and evaporated to afford the desired product (1 .33g) as an off-white solid m.p. 106-107°. MS m/z 199 (M+H) + .
  • the aniline starting material was prepared in a similar manner to the analogous aniline of Example 1 13, from 1 -chloro-2,3-dimethoxy-5- nitrobenzene (1 .08g, 5. ⁇ 2mmol), to give the desired product (0.85g) as a white solid m.p. 66-68°. MS m/z 188 (M+H). + The 1 -chloro-2,3-dimethoxy-5-nitrobenzene was prepared by heating a solution of 3-chioro-4,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid (3.50g, 16.2mmol) in glacial acetic acid (15ml) and 70% nitric acid (15ml) at 60° for i h.
  • the 3-benzyloxy-4,5-d ⁇ methoxyan ⁇ l ⁇ ne was prepared by heating a solution of 1 -benzyloxy-2,3-d ⁇ methoxy-5-n ⁇ trobenzene (1 .80g, 6.23mmol) in ethanol (15ml) with saturated aqueous sodium hydrosulphite (20ml) at reflux for 2h. An additional quantity of sodium hydrosulphite (20ml) was added and reflux continued for a further 4h. The reaction mixture was reduced to a small volume then diluted with water and extracted three times with ethyl acetate.
  • the 1 -benzyloxy-2,3-d ⁇ methoxy-5-n ⁇ trobenzene used as starting material was prepared by treating a solution of 1 -benzoyl-2,3-d ⁇ methoxybenzene (7.25g, 29.66mmol) in glacial acetic acid (15ml) portionwise with 70% nitric acid (2.84ml) at room temperature. After 2h, the reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with 1 M NaOH, then brine, dried (MgS ⁇ 4 ) and evaporated.
  • the 3-acetam ⁇ do-4,5-d ⁇ methoxyan ⁇ l ⁇ ne was prepared in an analogous manner to the compound of Example 38, from 1 -acetam ⁇ do-2,3- d ⁇ methoxy-5-n ⁇ trobenzene (1.65g, 6. ⁇ mmol) to afford the desired product (1.37g) as a brown solid m.p. 156-160° MS m/z 211 (M+H) + .
  • the 1 -acetam ⁇ do-2,3-d ⁇ methoxy-5-n ⁇ trobenzene was prepared in an analogous manner to the nitrobenzene of Example 117 from 1 -acetam ⁇ do- 2,3-d ⁇ methoxybenzene (1.91 g, 9.6mmol) to give the desired product (1.70g) as a white solid m.p. 63°. MS m/z 241 (M+H)+.
  • the 1 -acetam ⁇ do-2,3-d ⁇ methoxybenzene was prepared by treating a solution of 2,3-d ⁇ methoxyan ⁇ l ⁇ ne (1.70g, 1 1.1 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (25ml) with methanol (0.2ml) followed by acetic anhydride (3.67g, 36. Ommol) and heating the resulting mixture at reflux for 1 h
  • the cooled reaction mixture was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 , washed with water, dried (MgS ⁇ 4) and evaporated to give the desired product (2.1 1 g) as a beige solid m.p. 164-165°.
  • MSm/z 196 (M+H) + MSm/z 196 (M+H) + .
  • N4- ⁇ 4-(3-Aminopropoxy)phenv0-N2- (' 3.4.5-trimethoxyphen ⁇ l)-2.4- pyrimidinediamine dihydrochloride In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 48 from N4-(4-(3-phthal ⁇ m ⁇ dopropoxy)phenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-t ⁇ methoxyphenyl)- 2,4-py ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ned ⁇ am ⁇ ne (400mg, 0.72mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (0.1 ml, 2.16mmol) to give the title compound (108mg) as a buff solid m.p. 258°.
  • the py ⁇ midinediemine starting material was prepared according to the method of Example 45 from the compound of Example 120 and 3- bromopropylphthalim.de EXAMPLE 122
  • the pyrimidine-4-carboxamide used as starting material was prepared by treating a solution of 4-carboxy-N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidine- amine hydrochloride (2.0g, 5.86mmol) and triethylamine (2.0ml, 14.0mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (40ml), cooled to -20° under a nitrogen atmosphere, with isobutylchloroformate (1.1 ml, 7.0mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 20min.
  • N.O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (683mg, 7.0mmol) and triethylamine (1.0ml, 7.0mmol) were added and the reaction allowed to warm to room temperature over 3h. After washing with 2M hydrochloric acid (1 x50ml) and 2M NaOH solution (1 x50ml), the reaction was dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica ethyl acetate] to give the desired product (1.02g), as a yellow oil.
  • the 4-carboxy-N-(3,4,5-tr ⁇ methoxyphenyl)-2-pyr ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ neam ⁇ ne hydro ⁇ chloride was prepared by heating a solution of 4-cyano-N-(3,4,5- t ⁇ methoxyphenyl)-N-py ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ neam ⁇ ne (2.86g, 10 49mmol) in aqueous 2N NaOH (60ml) and ethanol (10ml) at reflux for 3h. On cooling the reaction mixtrure was adjusted to pH 3 with 2M hydrochloric acid, and the resulting precipitate collected and dried to give the desired product (2.7g) as an orange solid m.p. 241 °. MS m/z 306 (M+H) + .
  • the 4-cyano-N-(3,4,5-t ⁇ methoxyphenyl)-2-py ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ neam ⁇ ne was prepared by heating a solution of 2-chloro-4-cyanopy ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne [G. Davies et al. J. Het. Chem. 1, 130-133, (1963)] (1 1 . Og, 76.6mmol), 3,4,5-t ⁇ methoxy aniline (14 4g, 79.4mmol) and triethylamine (12.0ml) in ethanol at reflux for 4h. On cooling the resulting precipitate was collected and dried to give the desired product (1 3.70 g) as a yellow solid m p. 1 65° MS m/z 287 (M+H) + .
  • the 2-chloro-4-phenylsulphonamidopyr ⁇ midine was prepared by heating 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (1.42g, 9.5mmol), benzenesulphonamide (4.5g, 29. Ommol) and potassium, carbonate (3.3g, 24.0mmol) in DMA (25ml) for 0.75h). The reaction was cooled to 5°, water (20ml) added, and ad j usted to pH2.5 with 2M HCl. The resulting precipitate was collected to give the desired product (1.8g) as a light yellow solid m.p. 164° MS m/z 270 (M+H) + .
  • the N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine used as starting material was prepared by treating a solution of the compound of Example 131 (600mg, 1 .6mmol) in methanol (10ml) with 2M hydrochloric acid (10ml), which was then heated at reflux for 2h. On cooling the methanol was evaporated and the aqueous solution adjusted to pH 12 with 2N aqueous NaOH. The basic solution was extracted with CH2CI2 (3x30ml), then the combined organic extracts were washed with saturated brine (1 x20ml), dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired product (340mg) as a light yelllow solid m.p. 89°. MS m/z 277 (M+H) + .
  • the 2-chloro-4-phenylsulphanylpy ⁇ m ⁇ d ⁇ ne was prepared by treating a solution of thiophenol (4.7ml, 45.4mmoi) in THF (30ml) at 0°, with a 1 .0M solution of sodium b ⁇ s(t ⁇ methylsilyl)am ⁇ de in THF (45.4ml) and the mixture stirred for 0.5h After a thick white precipitate had formed, 2,4- dichloropy ⁇ midine (6.83g, 45.4mmol) and DMA (70ml) were added and the mixture heated at 120° for 2h.
  • the starting material for the above process was obtained by treating a solution of the compound of Example 39 (250mg, 0.71 mmol) in CH 2 CI 2 (10ml) with N-FMOCglycyl chloride (337mg, 1 07mmol) and 5% aqueous Na 2 C0 3 solution (8ml). After the mixture had been stirred for 1 h at room temperature, the aqueous phase was discarded and the organic Iayer dried (MgS04) and evaporated. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica 10% methanol-CH 2 CI 2 ] to give the desired product (235mg) as an off-white solid, m.p. 102° (decomp.).
  • am e starting material for this reaction was prepared from the following: 4-Chloro-6-methyl-N- ⁇ 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyhpyrimidine-2-amine (b)
  • the py ⁇ midinone starting material for this reaction was prepared as follows:
  • the tyrosine kinase activity of p56 lck was determined using a RR-src peptide (RRLIEDNEYTARG) and [ ⁇ -33p]ATP as substrates. Quantitation of the 33 P-phosphorylated peptide formed by the action of p56 lck was achieved using an adaption of the method of Geissler et al (J. Biol. Chem.
  • p59i ⁇ 0 kinase assay Compounds of the invention were assayed for p ⁇ inhibitory activity in a similar manner to the p56 i k assay, using human pS ⁇ ty 1"1 .
  • the tyrosine kinase activity of the EGF receptor (EGFr) was determined using a similar methodology to the p56 lck kinase assay, except that the
  • RR-src peptide was replaced by a peptide substrate for EGFr obtained from Amersham International pic (Little Chalfont, UK) and used at the manufacturers recommended concentration IC50 values for each test inhibitor were determined as described previously in the p56 lck assay.
  • the tyrosine kinase activity of ZAP-70 was determined using a capture assay based on that employed above for p56 lck
  • the RR-src peptide was replaced with polyGlu-Tyr (Sigma, Poole, UK) at a final concentration of 17 ⁇ g/ml.
  • trichloroacetic acid 10% was employed as the wash reagent instead of acetic acid and a final wash in absolute ethanol was also performed before scintillation counting IC50 values for each test inhibitor were determined as desc ⁇ bed above in the p56 lck assay
  • PKC Protein kinase C assay Inhibitor activity against protein kinase C (PKC) was determined using PKC obtained from Sigma Chemical Company (Poole, UK) and a commercially available assay system (Amersham International pic, Little Chalfont, UK). Briefly, PKC catalyses the transfer of the ⁇ -phosphate (32p) of ATP to the threonine group on a peptide specific for PKC Phosphorylated peptide is bound to phosphocellulose paper, subsequently quantified by scintillation counting and IC50 values determined as before
  • compounds according to the invention inhibit the protein kinase p56 lck , p59 f y n , ZAP- 70 or protein kinase C at concentrations at which they have little or no effect on the remaining kinases, including EGFr kinase and Csk kinase
  • the compounds of Example 96 and 103 have IC50 values in the p56 lck assay of 215nM and 40nM respectively
  • the compounds are also active against p59 f y n but have IC50 values at least 10x greater against the remaining kinases described above.
  • the compounds of Example 64 and 66 have IC50 values in the ZAP-70 assay of 124nM and 68nM respectively.
  • the compounds are also active in the protein kinase C assay, but have IC 50 values at least 10x greater against the remaining kinases.
  • the compounds of Examples 48 and 81 have IC 50 values in the protein kinase C assay of 22nM and 92nM respectively, but have IC 50 values at least 10x greater against the remaining kinases.

Abstract

Compounds of general formula (1) are described wherein R1 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an optionally substitued straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group or a group selected from hydroxyl (-OH), substituted hydroxyl, thiol (-SH), substituted thiol, amino (-NH¿2?), or substituted amino; R?2 and R3¿, which may be the same or different, is each an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group; R4 is a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain alkyl group; R5 is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group; R6 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an amino (-NH¿2?), substituted amino, nitro, carboxyl (-CO2H) or esterified carboxyl group or a group -X?1-R6a¿ where X1 is a direct bond or a linker atom or group and R6a is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group; X is a direct bond or a linker atom or group; R7 is an optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heteroaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aromatic or heteroaromatic group; and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof. The compounds are selective protein kinase inhibitors, particularly the kinases p56?lck, p59fyn¿, ZAP-70 and protein kinase C and are of use in the prophylaxis and treatment of immune diseases, hyperproliferative disorders and other diseases in which inappropriate protein kinase action is believed to have a role.

Description

SUBSTITUTED 2-ANILINOPYRIMIDINES USEFUL AS PROTEIN
KINASE INHIBITORS
This invention relates to substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines, to processes for their preparation, to pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and to their use in medicine.
Protein kinases participate in the signalling events which control the activation, growth and differentiation of cells in response to extracellular mediators and to changes in the environment. In general, these kinases fall into two groups; those which preferentially phosphorylate serine and/or threonine residues and those which preferentially phosphorylate tyrosine residues [Hanks, S K, Hunter T, FASEB. J. 9, 576-596 (1995)]. The serine/threonine kinases include for example, protein kinase C isoforms [Newton A C, J. Biol. Chem. 270, 28495-28498 (1995)] and a group of cyclin-dependent kinases such as cdc2 [Pines J, Trends in Biochemical Sciences 18, 195-197 (1995)]. The tyrosine kinases include membrane-spanning growth factor receptors such as the epidermal growth factor receptor [Iwashita S and Kobayashi M. Cellular Signalling 4, 123- 132 (1992)], and cytosolic non-receptor kinases such as p56lck p59fyn ZAP-70 and csk kinases [Chan C et al Ann. Rev. Immunol. 12 , 555-592 (1994)].
Inappropriately high protein kinase activity has been implicated in many diseases resulting from abnormal cellular function. This might arise either directly or indirectly, for example by failure of the proper control mechanisms for the kinase, related for example to mutation, overexpression or inappropriate activation of the enzyme; or by over- or underproduction of cytokines or growth factors also participating in the transduction of signal upstream or downstream of the kinase. In all of these instances, selective inhibition of the action of the kinase might be expected to have a beneficial effect.
We have now found a series of substituted 2-anilinopyhmidines which are potent and selective inhibitors of protein kinases, especially the kinases p56lck, p59fvn, ZAP-70 and protein kinase C The compounds are thus of use in the prophylaxis and treatment of immune diseases, hyper- prohferative disorders and other diseases in which inappropriate protein kinase action is believed to have a role.
Thus, according to one aspect of the invention, we provide a compound of formula (1 ):
wherein R1 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group or a group selected from hydroxyl (-OH), substituted hydroxyl, thiol (-SH), substituted thiol, am o (-NH2), or substituted ammo,
R2 and R3, which may be the same or different, is each an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group,
R4 is a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain alkyl group;
R5 is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group,
R6 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an ammo (-NH2), substituted ammo, nitro, carboxyl (-CO2H) or esterified carboxyl group or a group -X1 -R6a where X1 is a direct bond or a linker atom or group and R6a is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group,
X is a direct bond or a linker atom or group,
R7 is an optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heteroaliphatic, heterocycloa phatic, aromatic or heteroaromatic group; and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof Halogen atoms represented by the group R1 and/or R6 in compounds of formula (1 ) include for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms
When R1 , R2, R3, R5 and/or R6a is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group each of said groups may independently be an optionally substituted straight or branched chain C-ι-6 alkyl, e.g. C1-3 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, e.g. C2-4 alkenyl, or C -6 alkynyl, e g C2-4 alkynyl group. Particular examples of such groups include optionally substituted -CH3, -CH2CH3, -(CH2)2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -(CH2)3CH3, -CH(CH3)CH2CH3, -CH2CH(CH3)2, -C(CH3)3l -(CH2)4CH3, -(CH2)5CH3, -CHCH2, -CHCHCH3, -CH2CHCH2, -CHCHCH2CH3, -CH2CHCHCH3, -(CH2)2CHCH2, -CCH, -CCCH3, -CH2CCH, -CCCH2CH3, -CH2CCCH3, or -(CH2)2CCH groups The optional substituents which may be present on these groups include one, two, three or more substituents selected from halogen atoms, e g fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms, or hydroxyl, C1-6 alkoxy, e.g. methoxy or ethoxy, thiol, C1-6 alkylthio e.g methylthio or ethylthio, ammo, C1 -6 alkylamino, e.g methylamino or ethylamino, or C1 -6 dialkylamino, e g dimethylamino or diethylamino groups
Substituted hydroxyl groups represented by the group R1 in compounds of formula (1 ) include -OR8 groups where R8 is an optionally substituted straight or branched C1-6 alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, C2-6 alkenyl, e g allyl, or C2-6 alkynyl, e.g. ethynyl group. The optional substituents which may be present on these groups include a phenyl group and/or one, two, three or more of the atoms or groups described above in relation to substituents present on alkyl groups represented by R1
Substituted thiol groups represented by the group R1 include -SR8 groups, wherein R8 is as just defined.
When R1 and/or R6 is a substituted am o group it may be for example a -NHR9 or -NR9R10 group where R9 and R10, which may be the same or different, is each a group -R8 or -COR8 where R8 is as just defined Esterified carboxyl groups represented by the group R6 include groups of formula -C02Alk1 wherein -Cθ2Alk1 is as defined hereinafter in connection with esterified carboxyl groups represented by the group R13.
Linker atoms represented by X or X1 in compounds of formula (1 ) include -0- or -S- atoms. When X or X1 is a linker group it may be for example a -C(O)-, -C(S)-( -S(O)-, -S(0)2-, -N(RH)- [where RU is a hydrogen atom or a C-1 -6 alkyi, e.g. methyl or ethyl, group], -CON(R1 1 )-, -0C(0)N(R11 )-, -CSN(RH )-, -N(R1 1 )C0-, -N(R"" 1 )C(0)0-, -N(RH )CS-, -SON(RH), -S02N(R1 1 ), -N(R11 )S02-, -N(RH )C0N(R11 )-, -N(R1 1 )CSN ( RH)-, -N(R1 1 )SON(R1 1)- or -N(R1 )S02N(RH) group.
When R7 in compounds of formula (1 ) is an optionally substituted aliphatic or cycloaliphatic group it may be an optionally substituted C-ι-10 aliphatic or C3-10 cycloaliphatic group. Particular examples include optionally substituted straight or branched chain C-i-e alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, or C2-6 alkynyl groups or optionally substituted C3-ιocycloalkyl, C3-ιocycloalkenyl or C3-iocycloalkynyl groups.
Heteroaliphatic or heterocycloaliphatic groups represented by R7 include the aliphatic or cycloaliphatic groups just described but with each group additionally containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms or heteroatom- containing groups. Particular heteroatoms or groups include atoms or groups -X2- where X2 is as defined above for X when X is a linker atom or group.
Aromatic groups represented by R7 in compounds of formula (1 ) include for example optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic fused ring C6-12 aromatic groups, such as optionally substituted phenyl, 1 - or 2-naphthyl, 1 - or 2-tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl or indenyl groups.
Heteroaromatic groups represented by R7 include optionally substituted C-ι-9 heteroaromatic groups containing for example one, two, three or four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms. In general, the heteroaromatic groups may be for example monocyclic or bicyclic fused ring heteroaromatic groups. Monocyclic heteroaromatic groups include for example five- or six-membered heteroaromatic groups containing one, two, three or four heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms. Bicyclic heteroaromatic groups include for example nine- to thirteen-membered fused-ring heteroaromatic groups containing one, two or more heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms.
In general, when R7 is a heteroaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic or heteroaromatic group it is attached to the remainder of the molecule of formula (1 ) through any available heteroatom or group or, preferably, carbon atom.
Particular examples of R7 aliphatic groups include those alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl groups specifically described above in relation to the groups R1 , R2, R3, R5 and R6. Each of these groups may be optionally substituted, and/or optionally interrupted by one or two heteroatoms or heteratom- containing groups represented by -X2- [where X2 is as previously defined], to yield particular examples of R7 optionally substituted aliphatic or heteroaliphatic groups.
Particular examples of R7 cycloaliphatic and heterocycloaliphatic groups include optionally substitued cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycioheptyl, 2-cyclobuten-l -yl, 2-cyclopenten-1 -yl, 3- cyclopenten-1 -yl, 2,4-cyclopentadien-1 -yl, 3,5,-cyclohexadien-1 -yl, pyrroline, e.g. 2- or 3-pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxolanyl, e.g. 1 ,3-dioxolanyl, imidazolinyl, e.g. 2-imidazolinyl, imidazolidiπyl, pyrazolinyl, e.g. 2- pyrazoiinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyranyl, e.g. 2- or 4-pyranyl, piperidinyl, 1 ,4- dioxanyl, morpholinyl, 1 ,4-dithianyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, 1 ,3,5- trithianyl, oxazinyl, e.g. 2H-1.3-, 6H-1.3-, 6H-1 ,2-, 2H-1.2- or 4H-1 .4- oxazinyl, 1 ,2,5-oxathiazinyl, isoxazinyl, e.g. o- or p-isoxazinyl, oxathiazinyl, e.g. 1 ,2,5 or 1 ,2,6-oxathiazinyl, or 1 ,3,5,2-oxadiazinyl groups.
Examples of heteroaromatic groups represented by R7 include optionally substituted pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, N-methylimidazolyl, N-ethyl- imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl,
1 ,2,3-triazolyl, 1 ,2,4-thazolyl, 1 ,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,2,5-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-oxadiazolyl, 1 ,3,4-thiadiazole, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, 1 ,3,5-triazinyl, 1 ,2,4-triazinyl, 1 ,2,3-triazinyl, benzofuryl, [2,3-dihydro]benzofuryl, isobenzofuryl, benzothienyl, benzotriazolyl, isobenzothienyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzimidazolyl, imidazo[1 ,2-a]pyridyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzopyranyl, [3,4- dihydro]benzopyranyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, pyrido[3,4-b]pyridyl, pyrido[3,2-b]pyridyl, pyrido[4,3-b]pyridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and imidyl, e.g. succinimidyl, phthalimidyl, or naphthalimidyl such as 1 ,8- naphthalimidyl.
Optional substituents which may be present on any of the above R7 groups in compounds of formula (1 ) include one, two, three or more substituents, each represented by the group R1 2. The substituent R1 2 may be selected from an atom or group R13 or -Alk(R 3)m, where R13 is a halogen atom, or an amino (-NH2), -NHR14 [where R14 is an -Alk(R13)m, heterocycloalkyl, -Alk-heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group], -N(R1 )2 [where each R14 group is the same or different], nitro, cyano, hydroxyl (-OH), -OR14, formyl, carboxyl (-C02H), esterified carboxyl, thiol (-SH), -SR1 4, -COR1 4, -CSR1 4 , -S03H, -S02R1 4, -S02 NH2, -S02 NHR14, S02N[R14]2, -CONH2 , -CSNH2, -CONHR14, -CSNHR14, -CON[R14]2, -CSN[R14]2, -NHS02 H, -NHS02 R1 4 , -N[S02 R14]2, -NHS02 NH2 -NHS02NHR14, -NHS02N[R1 ]2, -NHCOR14, -NHCONH2, -NHCONHR14, -NHCON[R14]2, -NHCSR14, -NHCSNH2, -NHCSNHR14, -NHCSN[R14]2, -NHC(0)OR14, or an optionally substituted cycloalkyl aryl or heteroaryl group; or R12 may be an optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl or -Alk- heterocycloalkyl group provided that when R12 is a heterocycloalkyl group X in compounds of the invention is either a linker atom or group, or X is a bond and R7 is an optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heteroaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aromatic or heteroaromatic group other than a pyridyl group; Alk is a straight or branched C1 -6 alkylene, C2-6 alkenylene or C2-6 alkynylene chain, optionally interrupted by one, two or three -O- or -S- atoms or S-(O)-, -S(0)2- or -N(R 1 )- groups; and m is zero or an integer 1 , 2 or 3. When in the group -Alk(R1 3)m m is an integer 1 , 2 or 3, it is to be understood that the substituent or substituents R13 may be present on any suitable carbon atom in -Alk Where more than one R13 substituent is present these may be the same or different and may be present on the same or different atom in -Alk or in R7 as appropriate Thus for example, R7 may represent a -CH(R13)2 group, such as a -CH(OH)Ar group where Ar is an aryl or heteroaryl group as defined below Clearly, when m is zero and no substituent R13 is present the alkylene, alkenylene or alkynylene chain represented by Alk becomes an alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group.
When R1 3 is a halogen atom it may be for example a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom
Esterified carboxyl groups represented by the group R13 include groups of formula -C02Alk1 wherein Alk1 is a straight or branched, optionally substituted C I -Θ alkyl group such as a methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, s-butyl or t-butyl group; a C6-ι2arylCι-8alkyl group such as an optionally substituted benzyl, phenylethyl, phenylpropyl, 1 -naphthyl- methyl or 2-naphthylmethyl group; a C6-ι2aryl group such as an optionally substituted phenyl, 1 -naphthyl or 2-naphthyl group; a C6-ι2aryloxyC-| .8alkyl group such as an optionally substituted phenyloxymethyl, phenyloxyethyl,
1 -naphthyloxymethyl, or 2-naphthyloxymethyl group, an optionally substituted C-i-ealkanoyloxyC-i-βalkyl group, such as a pivaloyloxymethyl, propionyloxyethyl or propionyloxypropyl group, or a Ce-^aroyloxyC-i-salkyl group such as an optionally substituted benzoyloxyethyl or benzoyl- oxypropyl group Optional substituents present on the Alk1 group include
R13 substituents described above.
When Alk is present in or as a substituent R 2 it may be for example a methylene, ethylene, n-propylene, i-propylene, n-butylene, i-butylene, s-butylene, t-butylene, ethenylene, 2-propenylene, 2-butenylene, 3-butenylene, ethynylene, 2-propynylene, 2-butynylene or 3-butynylene chain, optionally interrupted by one, two, or three -O- or -S-, atoms or -S(O)-, -S(0)2- or -N(R 1)- groups Optionally substituted cycloalkyl groups represented by the group R1 3 include optionally substituted C5-7 cycloalkyl groups such as optionally substituted cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl groups.
Heterocycloalkyl groups represented by the group R12 or R 4 include optionally substituted heteroC3-6cycloalkyl groups containing one or two oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms. Particular examples of such groups include optionally substituted azetid yl pyrrolidinyl, pipeπdinyl, piperazmyl, homopiperazinyl, morpholinyl or thiomorphol yl groups. The heterocyclo- alkyl group may be attached to the remainder of the molecule through any of its ring carbon atoms, or where present, ring nitrogen atom. Where the group R12 is an -Alk-heterocycloalkyl group, Alk may be as defined above and the heterocycloalkyl portion may be as just defined, attached to Alk through any of its ring carbon atoms, or where present, ring nitrogen atom.
Optional subsituents which may be present on R12, R13 or R 4 cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl groups include one or two C1 -6 alkyl, e.g. methyl or ethyl, hydroxyl (-OH) hydroxyC-|.6alkyl, e.g. hydroxymethyl or hydroxyethyl, or C1 -6 alkoxy, e.g. methoxy or ethoxy groups. The substιtuent(s) may be present on any available ring carbon or nitrogen atom as appropriate.
Aryl and heteroaryl groups represented by the groups R1 3 or R 4 include for example optionally substituted monocyclic or bicyclic C6--|2 aromatic groups, or C-|-9 heteroaromatic groups such as those described above in relation to the group R7.
Particularly useful atoms or groups represented by R12 include fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms, or Chalky!, C1 -6 alkylamino, d - 6hydroxyalkyl, Cι-6alkylthiol, d-6alkoxy, hydroxyd-ealkoxy, aminod- 6alkoxy, d-6alkylarr.inod-6a.koxy, Cι-6dialkylaminoCι-6alkoxy, optionally substituted C5- cyclo-alkoxy, optionally substituted C -7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C5-7cycloalkylamino, haloC1 -6alkyl, halod-ealkoxy, Cι -6alkylamino, amino (-NH2), aminoCι .6alkyl, C1 -6dialkylamino, hydroxyCι.6 alkylamino, aminoC1 -6alkylamino, d -θalkylaminod- 6alkylamino, Cι .6dialkylamιnoCι -6alkylamino, C1 -6alkylaminoC1 -6 dialkylamino, C-|.6dialkylaminoCι-6dialkylamιno, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl (- OH), formyl [HC(O)-], carboxyl (-C02H), -CH2C02H, -OCH2C02H, -Cθ2Alk1 [where Alk1 is as defined above], -CH2C02Alk1 , - 6alkoxycarbonylCι-6alkoxy, d-6 alkanoyl, optionally substituted phenyl d - 6alkanoyl, thiol (-SH), thiod-βalkyl, -SC(NH)NH2, sulphoπyl (-SO3H), d - βalkylsulphonyl, optionally substituted phenylsulphonyl, ammosulphonyl (-SO2NH2), Cι-6alkylamιnosulphonyl, Cι-6dιalkylamιnosulphonyl, optionally substituted phenylamino-sulphonyl, carboxamido (-CONH2), Cι-6alkyl- ammocarbonyl, d -βdialkylammocarbonyl, optionally substituted phenylaminocarbonyl, ammocarbonylmethyl, C-| -6alkylamιnocarbonyl- methyl, optionally substituted benzylammocarbonylmethyl, -NHC(S)NH2 sulphonylammo (-NHSO2H) , d -6alkylsulphonylamιno, Ci -edialkyl- sulphonylamino, optionally substituted pheπylsulphonylamiπo, ammo- sulphonylammo (-NHSθ2NH2), Cι-6alkylamιnosulphonylamιno, Ci-edialkyl- aminosulphonylammo, optionally substituted phenylaminosulphonylammo, aminocarbonylammo, Cι -6alkylamιnocarbonylamιno d-6dιalkylamιno- carbonylammo, phenylaminocarbonyiamino, d-6alkanoylamino, amιnoCι-6 alkanoylammo, optionally substituted pyridylcarboxyamino, d-6alkanoyl- amιnoCι-6alkyl, Ci -6 alkoxycarbonylamino, optionally substituted heteroC3- 6cycloalkyl, pipendmyl, piperazmyl, 4-methyl-pιperazιnyl, homopipeprazinyl, or morpholinyl, optionally substituted heteroC3.6cycloalkylCι-6alkyl, pιperιdιnylCι-6alkyl, pιperazιnylCι-6alkyl or morpholinylC-i βalkyl, optionally substituted heteroC3.6alkylCι-6alkylamιno, optionally substituted heteroC3- 6cycloalkylamιno, tetrazolyl, optionally substituted phenylamino, optionally substituted benzylamino, optionally substituted benzyloxy, or optionally substituted pyndiylmethylamino group
Where desired, two R12 substituents may be linked together to form a cyclic group such as a cyclic ether, e.g. a d-βalkylenedioxy group such as a methylenedioxy or ethylenedioxy group
Especially useful R12 substituents include for example fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine atoms, or a methylamino, ethylamino, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, methylthiol, ethylthiol, methoxy, ethoxy, π-propoxy, 2- hydroxyethoxy, 3-hydroxypropoxy, 4-hydroxybutoxy, 2-amιnoethoxy, 3- ammopropoxy, 2-(methylamιno)ethoxy, 2-(dιmethylamιno)ethoxy, 3- (dιmethylamιno)propoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyl, cyclohexylammo, 2- hydroxycyclohexylammo, trifluoromethyl, tnfiuoromethoxy, methylamino, ethylamino, ammo (-NH)2, aminomethyl, aminoethyl, dimethylamino, diethylamino, ethyl(methyl)amιno, propyl(methyl)amιno, 2-hydroxyethyl- amino, 3-hydroxypropylamιno, 4-hydroxybutylamιno, 2-amιnoethylamιno, 3- aminopropylammo, 4-amιnobutylamιno, 2-(methylamιno)ethylamιno, 2- (ethylamιno)ethylamιno, 2-(ι-propylamιno)ethylamιno, 3-(ι-propylamιno)- propylam o, 2-(dιmethylamιno)ethylamιno, 3-(dιmethylamιno)propylamιno, 2-(dιethylamιno)ethylamιno, 3-(dιethylamιno)propylamιno, 2-(methylamιno)- ethyl(methyl)amιno, 3-(methylamιno)propyl(methyl)amιno, 2-(dιmethyl- amιno)ethyl(methyl)amιno, 2-(dιmethylamιno)ethyl(ethyl)amιno, nitro, cyano, hydroxyl (-OH), formyl [HC(O)-], carboxyl (-C02H), -CH2C02H - OCH2C02H, -C02CH3, -CO2CH2CH3, -CH2C02CH3, -CH2C02CH2CH3, -CH C0 CH phenyl, t-butoxycarbonylmethoxy, acetyl, phenacetyl, thio (-SH), thiomethyl, thioethyl, -SC(NH)N H2 , sulphonyl (-S02 H), methylsulphonyl, methylammosulphonyl, ethylammosulphonyl, dimethyl- ammosulphonyl, diethylammosulphonyl, carboxamido (-CONH2), methyl- ammocarbonyl, ethylammocarbonyl, dimethylammocarbonyl, diethylammo- carbonyl, methylammocarboπylmethyl, -NHC(S)NH2, sulphonylamino (-NHSO2H), methylsulphonylamino ethylsulphonylammo, dimethyl- sulphonylamino, diethylsulphonylammo, sulphonylamino (-HHSO2NH2), methylaminosulphonylammo, ethylaminosulphonylammo, dimethylammo- sulphonylam o, diethylaminosulphonylammo, methylammocarbonylamino, ethylaminocarbonylamino, dimethylammocarbonylamino diethylammo- carbonylammo, acetylamino, aminomethylcarbonylamino, acetylammo- methyl, methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylammo, t-butoxycarbonyl- ammo, pyrrolidinyl, pipendmyl, piperazmyl, 4-methylpιperazιnyl, homopipeprazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolιdιnylCι-6alkyl, pιperιdιnyld-6alkyl, pιperazιnylC1 -6alkyl, morpholιnylC1 -6alkyl, 2-pyrrolιdιnylethylamιno, 2-{1 - methylpyrrolιdιnyl)ethylamιno, 1 -ethylpyrrolidinylmethylammo, pipendinyl- am o, 1 -benzylpιperιdιnyiamιno, 4-(methoxy)phenylamιno, 4-(3-hydroxy- propyl)phenylamιno, benzylammo, benzyloxy, pyridiylmethylamino group
It will be appreciated that where two or more R12 substituents are present, these need not necessarily be the same atoms and/or groups. The presence of certain substituents in the compounds of formula (1 ) may enable salts of the compounds to be formed. Suitable salts include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, for example acid addition salts derived from inorganic or organic acids, and salts derived from inorganic and organic bases.
Acid addition salts include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, alkylsulphonates, e.g. methanesulphonates, ethanesulphoπates, or isethionates, arylsulphonates, e.g. p-toluenesulphonates, besylates or napsylates, phosphates, sulphates, hydrogen sulphates, acetates, tnfluoroacetates, propionates, citrates, maleates, fumarates, malonates, succmates, lactates, oxalates, tartrates and benzoates.
Salts derived from inorganic or organic bases include alkali metal salts such as sodium or potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts such as magnesium or calcium salts, and organic am e salts such as morpholine, piperidine, dimethylamine or diethylamine salts.
Particularly useful salts of compounds according to the invention include pharmaceutically acceptable salts, especially acid addition pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
It will be appreciated that depending on the nature of the substituents R1 - R3 and R5 - R7 the compounds of formula (1) may exist as geometrical isomers and/or may have one or more chiral centres so that enantiomers or diasteromers may exist. It is to be understood that the invention extends to all such isomers of the compounds of formula (1 ), and to mixtures thereof, including racemates.
In one class of compounds of formula (1 ) the groups R , R2, R3, R4, R5_ R7 and X are as defined for formula (1 ), as is the group R6 except it is not an am o, substituted am o, nitro, carboxyl or esterified carboxyl group.
One particular class of compounds according to the invention has the formula (1 ) wherein R2 and R3 is each an optionally substituted methyl or ethyl group. Particular examples of groups of these types include methyl, ethyl, halomethyl, e.g. -CH2F, -CH2CI, -CHF2, -CHCI2, -CF3, -CCI3, or haloethyl groups. In general however, R2 and R3 is each preferably a methyl group. In compounds of this class and in general in compounds of formula (1 ) R1 may in particular be an optionally substituted methoxy group. Particular examples of such R1 groups include -OCH2F, -OCH2CI, -OCHF2, -OCHCI2, -OCF3l -OCCI3 or, especially, methoxy groups.
In a further preferred class of compounds of formula (1 ) R4 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
The groups R5 and R6 in compounds of formula (1 ) are each preferably a hydrogen atom.
In yet another preference, X in compounds of formula (1 ) is a direct bond, an oxygen or sulphur atom or a -N(R1 1 )- group. Especially useful compounds of this type are those whereinX is a direct bond, a sulphur atom or a -N(R1 1 )-, particularly a -NH-, group.
R7 in compounds of formula (1) is preferably an optionally substituted aromatic or heteroaromatic group.
A further class of compounds according to the invention has the formula 1 (a):
wherein R5 and R6 are as defined for formula (1 ), X is a direct bond, an oxygen or sulphur atom, or a group -N(R1 1 )- and R7 is an optionally substituted aromatic or heteroaromatic group, and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof.
In these compounds, R5 is preferably a hydrogen atom. R6 is preferably a group -X R6a where X1 is as defined for formula (1 ) and R6 a is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl group, or R6 is especially a hydrogen atom.
X in compounds of formula (1 a) is preferably a direct bond, a sulphur atom, or a -N(R1 1)- group, particularly a -NH-group.
The aromatic or heteroaromatic R7 group in compounds of formulae (1 ) or 1 (a) in general may be as defined previously for compounds of formula (1 ). In one preference, however, R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl, 1 - or 2-naphthyl or heteroaromatic group containing one or two oxygen, sulphur and/or nitrogen atoms. Thus in particular R7 may be an optionally substituted phenyl, 1 - or 2-naphthyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, indolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, [2,3-dιhydro]benzofuryl, benzothiazolyl, 2-pyrιdyl, 3- pyridyl or 4-pyπdyl group. Particularly useful groups include optionally substituted phenyl, 2-pyπdyl, 3-pyrιdyl or 4-pyπdyl groups. The aromatic or heteroaromatic group may in particular be attached to the remainder of the compound of formula (1 ) through any available ring carbon atom.
In general, the optional substituents which may be present on aromatic or heteroaromatic R7 groups in compounds of formulae (1 ) or (1 a) include one, two, or three R12 substituents as generally and particularly described above and hereinafter in the Examples. Particularly useful R1 2 substituents include -NHR14, -AlkNH2, -AlkNHR14, -OR14, -AlkC02H or -AlkC02Alk1 groups where R 4, Alk and Alk1 are as generally and particularly defined above. Useful members of these substituents include those wherein R14 is an -Alk, -AlkNH2 or -Alk-heterocycloalkyl group. In t hese, and the other preferred substituents just mentioned, Alk and Alk1 when present is each preferably a d -6alkyl group.
Particularly useful compounds according to the invention include: N,N'-Bis(3,4,5-Trιmethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrιmιdιnedιamιne; 4-(2-(2-Dιmethylamιnoethylamιno)pyrιdιn-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyl)- 2-pyπmιdιneamιne,
4-(2-(4-Hydroxybutylamιno)pyπdιn-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenyl)-2- pyπmidineamine; 4-(3-(3-Ammopropoxy)phenyl)-N-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrιmιdιne- amine;
N4-(3,4-Dιmethoxyphenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyπmιdιnedι- amme;
4-(4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-N-(3,4,5-tnmethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrιmιdιne- amme;
4-(2-(3-(Morpholιno)propylamιno)pyrιdιn-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenyl)-
2-pyrιmιdιneamιne;
4-(2-(2-(1-Methylpyrrolιdιn-2-yl)ethylamιno)pyπdιn-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5- trιmethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrιmιdιneamιne, N4-(4-(Ethoxycarbonylmethyl)phenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyl)-2,4- pyπmidinediamine;
N4-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyπmιdιnedιamιne and
N4-(4-(3-Amιnopropoxy)phenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyl)-2,4- pyπmidinediamine; and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof
Compounds according to the invention are potent and selective inhibitors of protein kinases as demonstrated by differential inhibition of enzymes such as EGFr kinase, p56lck kinase, ZAP-70 kinase, Csk kinase and p59fyn kinase The ability of the compounds to act in this way may be simply determined by employing tests such as those described in the Examples hereinafter.
The compounds according to the invention are thus of particular use in the prophylaxis and treatment of diseases in which inappropriate protein tyrosine kinase action plays a role, for example in autoimmune diseases such as rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, and systemic lupus erythematosus, in transplant rejection, in graft v host disease, in hyperproliferative disorders such as tumours, psoriasis, in pannus formation in rheumatoid arthritis, restenosis following angioplasty and atherosclerosis, and in diseases in which cells receive pro-inflammatory signals such as asthma, inflammatory bowel disease and pancreatitis
For the prophylaxis or treatment of disease the compounds according to the invention may be administered as pharmaceutical compositions, and according to a further aspect of the invention we provide a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of formula (1) together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents
Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may take a form suitable for oral, buccal, parenteral, nasal, topical or rectal administration, or a form suitable for administration by inhalation or insufflation
For oral administration, the pharmaceutical compositions may take the form of, for example, tablets, lozenges or capsules prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as binding agents (e g pregelatinised maize starch, polyvinylpyrrolidone or hydroxypropyl methylcellulose); fillers (e g lactose, microcrystalline cellulose or calcium hydrogen phosphate), lubricants (e g magnesium stearate, talc or silica), disintegrants (e g potato starch or sodium glycollate), or wetting agents (e g sodium lauryl sulphate) The tablets may be coated by methods well known in the art Liquid preparations for oral administration may take the form of, for example, solutions syrups or suspensions, or they may be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use Such liquid preparations may be prepared by conventional means with pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as suspending agents, emulsifying agents, non-aqueous vehicles and preservatives The preparations may also contain buffer salts, flavouring, colouring and sweetening agents as appropriate
Preparations for oral administration may be suitably formulated to give controlled release of the active compound
For buccal administration the compositions may take the form of tablets or lozenges formulated in conventional manner The compounds for formula (1 ) may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection e.g. by bolus injection or infusion. Formulations for injection may be presented in unit dosage form, e.g. in glass ampoule or multi dose containers, e.g. glass vials. The compositions for injection may take such forms as suspensions, solutions or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending, stabilising, preserving and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ingredient may be in powder form for constitution with a suitable vehicle, e.g. sterile pyrogen-free water, before use.
In addition to the formulations described above, the compounds of formula (1 ) may also be formulated as a depot preparation. Such long acting formulations may be administered by implantation or by intramuscular injection.
For nasal administration or administration by inhalation, the compounds for use according to the present invention are conveniently delivered in the form of an aerosol spray presentation for pressurised packs or a nebuliser, with the use of suitable propellant, e.g. dichlorodifluoromethane, trichloro- fluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane, carbon dioxide or other suitable gas or mixture of gases.
The compositions may, if desired, be presented in a pack or dispenser device which may contain one or more unit dosage forms containing the active ingredient. The pack or dispensing device may be accompanied by instructions for administration.
The quantity of a compound of the invention required for the prophylaxis or treatment of a particular condition will vary depending on the compound chosen, and the condition of the patient to be treated. In general, however, daily dosages may range from around 100ng/kg to 100mg/kg e.g. around 0.01 mg/kg to 40mg/kg body weight for oral or buccal administration, from around 10ng/kg to 50mg/kg body weight for parenteral administration and around 0.05mg to around 1000mg e.g. around 0.5mg to around 1000mg for nasal administration or administration by inhalation or insufflation. The compounds of the mvention may be prepared by a number of processes as generally described below and more specifically in the Examples hereinafter. In the following process description, the symbols R1-R7 and X when used in the formulae depicted are to be understood to represent those groups described above in relation to formula (1 ) unless otherwise indicated. In the reactions described below, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, thio or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, to avoid their unwanted participation in the reactions. Conventional protecting groups may be used in accordance with standard practice [see, for example, Green, T. W. in "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", John Wiley and Sons, 1981 ]. In some instances, deprotection may be the final step in the synthesis of a compound of formula (1 ) and the processes according to the invention described hereinafter are to be understood to extend to such removal of protecting groups.
Thus according to a further aspect of the invention, a compound of formula (1) wherein X is a direct bond may be prepared by reaction of a guanidine of formula (2):
or a salt thereof with an enammone of formula (3):
R7C0C(R6)C(R5)N(R15)(R16) (3)
where R1 5 and R1 6, which may be the same or different is each a C1 -6 alkyl group.
The reaction may be performed in a solvent, for example a protic solvent such as an alcohol, e.g. ethanol, methoxyethanol or propanol, optionally in the presence of a base e.g. an alkali metal base, such as sodium hydroxide or potassium carbonate, at an elevated temperature, e.g. the reflux temperature.
Salts of the compounds of formula (2) include acid salts such as inorganic acid salts e.g. hydrochlorides or nitrates.
Intermediate guanidines of formula (2) may be prepared by reaction of the corresponding aniline of formula (4):
with cyanamide at an elevated temperature.
The reaction may be performed in a solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature, e.g. up to the reflux temperature. Where it is desired to obtain a salt of a guanidine of formula (2), the reaction may be performed in the presence of a concentrated acid, e.g. hydrochloric or nitric acid.
The anilines of formula (4) are either known compounds or may be obtained by conventional procedures, for example by hydrogenation of the corresponding nitro derivatives using for example hydrogen in the presence of a metal catalyst in a suitable solvent, for example as more particularly described in the interconversion reactions discussed below or by use of the corresponding nitro derivative and a reducing agent such as a sodium hydrosulphite in a solvent such as ethanol at an elevated temperature such as the reflux temperature. The nitrobenzenes for this particular reaction are either known compounds or may be prepared using similar methods to those used for the preparation of the known compounds, for example by treatment of the corresponding benzene with nitric acid in the prsence of an acid such as acetic acid at around ambient to the reflux temperature
Intermediate enam ones of formula (3) may be prepared by reaction of an acetyl derivative R7COCH2R6 with an acetal (R16)(R 5)NCR5(OCH3)2 at an elevated temperature The starting materials for this reaction are either known compounds of may be prepared by methods analogous to those used for the preparation of the known compounds.
In another process according to the invention, a compound of formula (1 ) where X is a linker atom or group may be prepared by reaction of an intermediate of formula (5)
where L is a leaving atom or group, with a reagent R X2H where X2 is a linking atom or group as defined above.
Particular leaving atoms or groups represented by L include for example halogen atoms, e.g. bromine, iodine or chlorine atoms, and sulphonyloxy groups, e.g. alkylsulphonyloxy groups, such as tπfluoromethylsulphonyl- oxy, and aryisulphonyloxy groups, such as p-toluenesulphonyloxy
The reaction may be performed in the presence of a base, for example an organic base such as an organic amme, e.g triethylamine or an inorganic base, for example a hydride such as sodium hydride, an alkoxide such as potassium t-butoxide, or a carbonate such as caesium or potassium carbonate, where necessary in the presence of a dipolar aprotie solvent such as an ether, e.g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran, or an amide, e.g. a substituted amide such as dimethylformamide, at a suitable temperature e g from around room temperature to around 90°C
Intermediates of formula (5) may be prepared by reaction of the corresponding pyπmidinones (where -N=C(L)- in formula (5) is -NH-C(O)-) with a halide using standard procedures, for example by reaction with a reagent PO(Hal)3 (where Hal is a halogen atom), e g POCI3, or RS0 Hal (where R is an optionally substituted alkyl or aryl group) where necessary at an elevated temperature
The starting pyπmidinones may be prepared by reaction of a guanidine of formula (2) or a salt thereof with a β-ketoester [for example a compound CH3CH2C (0)OCH(R6)C(0)R5 (where R5 IS an optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group)] or a functional analogue thereof where it is desired to obtain compounds wherein R5 is a hydrogen atom, in the presence of a base, for example an alkoxide such as sodium methoxide in a solvent, for example a protic solvent, such as an alcohol, e g methanol at an elevated temperature, e g up to around the reflux temperature
In a further process according to the invention, a compound of formula (1 ) may be prepared by displacement of a leaving atom or group in a pyrimidine of formula (6)
[where L is a leaving atom or group as defined above] with an aniline of formula (4)
The reaction may be performed at an elevated temperature, for example the reflux temperature, where necessary in the presence of a solvent, for example a ketone such as acetone, an alcohol such as ethanol or 2- ethoxyethanol or an aromatic hydrocarbon such as toluene, optionally in the presence of a base, for example an organic amme such as triethylamide or pyridine, or an acid, for example an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid.
Intermediate pyrimidines of formula (6) may be prepared by displacement of a leaving group from a pyrimidine of formula (7):
[where L1 is a leaving atom or group as described above for the group L] using a nucleophilic reagent R7XH. The reaction may be performed as just described in relation to the preparation of compounds of formula (1 ) from the intermediate pyrimidines of formula (6).
The pyrimidines of formula (7) and the nucleophilic reagents R7XH are either known compounds or may be prepared using methods analogous to those used for the preparation of the known compounds.
In another process according to the invention, a compound of formula (1 ) wherein X is a -C(O)- group may be prepared by treating a carboxamide of formula (8):
[where X3 is a carboxamide group] with a reagent R7MHal1 (where M is a metal atom such as an zinc atom and Hal1 is a halogen atom such as a bromine atom).
The group X3 in intermediates of formula (8) may be for example a group -CONR15R16 or -CON(R15)(OR16).
The reaction may be performed in a solvent such as an ether, e.g. a cyclic ether such as a tetrahydrofuran, at a low temperature, e g around -78°C.
Intermediate carboxamides of formula (8) may be prepared by reaction of the corresponding acid of formula (9):
or a reactive derivative thereof with a reagent R15R16NH or R15R160NH in the presence of a base e.g. an organic amme such as tnet hylamine in a solvent such as dichloromethane at a low temperature, e.g. around -20° to 0°C.
Intermediate acids of formula (9) may be prepared by heating the corresponding nitrile in the presnce of a base such as sodium hydroxide in a solvent such as ethanol. The nitrile starting material may be prepared by heating 2-chloro-4-cyano-pyhmidine with the appropriate aniline in the presence of a base such as triethylamine in a solvent such as ethanol at the reflux temperature.
Acids of formula (9) may also be used to generate compounds of formula (1 ) wherein X is a -NHC(0)0- group by reaction with an azide, for example diphenylphosphorylazide, and an alcohol R OH in the presence of a base such as triethylamine at an elevated temperature, e.g. the reflux temperature.
Compounds of formula (1 ) may also be prepared by interconversion of other compounds of formula (1 ) and it is to be understood that the invention extends to such interconversion processes. Thus, for example, standard substitution approaches employing for example alkyiation, arylation, aeylation, thioacylation, sulphonylation, formylation or coupling reactions may be used to add new substitutents to and/or extend existing substituents in compounds of formula (1 ). Altematively existing substituents in compounds of formula (1 ) may be modified by for example oxidation, reduction or cleavage reactions to yield other compounds of formula (1 ).
The following describes in general terms a number of approaches which can be employed to modify existing R1 , R2, R3, R4, R5 and/or R6 groups in compounds of formula (1 ). It will be appreciated that each of these reactions may only be possible where an appropriate functional group exists in a compound of formula (1 ). Equally, any of the following reactions may be used to generate appropriately substituted intermediates of formulae (2), (4), (5), (6) and (7) for use in the preparat on of compounds of formula (1 ). Thus, for example alkyiation or arylation of a compound of formula (1 ) may be achieved by reaction of the compound with a reagent R4L, AlkL or ArL, where R4, Alk, Ar and L are as previously defined.
The alkyiation or arylation reaction may be carried out in the presence of a base, e.g. an inorganic base such as a carbonate, e g. caesium or potassium carbonate, an alkoxide, e g. potassium t-butoxide, or a hydride, e.g. sodium hydride, in a dipolar aprotie solvent such as an amide, e.g. a substituted amide such as dimethylformamide or an ether, e g. a cyclic ether such as tetrahydrofuran, at around 0°C to around 40°C
In a variation of this process the leaving group L may be alternatively part of the compound of formula (1 ) and the reaction performed with an appropriate nucleophilic reagent in a solvent such as an alcohol, e g ethanol, at an elevated temperature, e.g the reflux temperature.
In another general example of an interconversion process, a compound of formula (1 ) may be acylated or thioacylated The reaction may be performed for example with an acyl halide or anhydride in the presence of a base, such as a tertiary amme e g triethylamine in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e.g dichloromethane or carbon tetrachloride, or an alcohol, e.g methanol at for example ambient temperature, or by reaction with a thioester in an inert solvent such as tetrahydrofuran at a low temperature such as around 0°C The reaction is particularly suitable for use with compounds of formula (1) containing primary or secondary ammo groups.
In a further general example of an interconversion process, a compound of formula (1 ) may be formylated, for example by reaction of the compound with a mixed anhydride HCOOCOCH3 or with a mixture of formic acid and acetic anhydride
Compounds of formula (1 ) may be prepared in another general interconversion reaction by sulphonylation, for example by reaction of the compound with a reagent AlkS(O)2L, or ArS(O)2L in the presence of a base, for example an inorganic base such as sodium hydride in a solvent such as an amide, e.g a substituted amide such as dimethylformamide at for example ambient temperature The reaction may in particular be performed with compounds of formula (1 ) possessing a primary or secondary ammo group
In further examples of interconversion reactions according to the invention compounds of formula (1 ) may be prepared from other compounds of formula (1 ) by modification of existing functional groups in the latter
Thus in one example, ester groups -C02Alk1 in compounds of formula (1 ) may be converted to the corresponding acid [-C02H] by acid- or base- catalysed hydrolysis or by catalytic hydrogenation depending on the nature of the group Alk1 Acid- or base-catalysed hydrolysis may be achieved for example by treatment with an organic or inorganic acid, e g trifluoroacetic acid in an aqueous solvent or a mineral acid such as hydrochloric acid in a solvent such as dioxan or an alkali metal hydroxide, e.g lithium hydroxide in an aqueous alcohol, e g aqueous methanol Catalytic hydrogenation may be carried out using for example hydrogen in the presence of a metal catalyst, for example palladium on a support such as carbon in a solvent such as an ether, e g tetrahydrofuran or an alcohol, e g methanol Similarly, base-catalysed hydrolysis with for example an alkali metal hydroxide such as sodium hydroxide in a solvent such as an alcohol e g ethanol may be used to convert a >NS02Alk or >NS02Ar group to a >N-H group
In a second example, -OAlk2 [where Alk2 represents an alkyl group such as a methyl group] groups in compounds of formula (1 ) may be cleaved to the corresponding alcohol [-OH] by reaction with boron tribromide in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, e g dichloromethane at a low temperature, e g around -78°C
Alcohol [-OH] groups may also be obtained by hydrogenation of the corresponding -OCH2Ar group using for example hydrogen in the presence of a metal catalyst, for example palladium on a support such as carbon in a solvent such as ethanol in the presence of ammonium formate In another example, -OH groups may be generated from the corresponding ester [-Cθ2Alk] by reduction using for example a complex metal hydride such as lithium aluminium hydride.
In a further example, alcohol -OH groups in compounds of formula (1 ) may be converted to a corresponding -OAlk or -OAr group by coupling with a reagent AlkOH or ArOH in a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran in the presence of a phosphine, e.g triphenylphosphine and an activator such as diethyl-, diisopropyl-, or dimethylazodicarboxylate.
In another example of an interconversion reaction, amines of formula (1) may be alkylated using a reductive alkyiation process employing an aldehyde and a borohydride, for example sodium tπacetoxyborohydπde, in a solvent such as dichloromethane, in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid at around ambient temperature
Aminosulphonylammo [-NHSO2NH2] groups in compounds of formula (1 ) may be obtained, in another example, by reaction of a corresponding amme [-NH2] with sulphamide in the presence of an organic base such as pyridine at an elevated temperature, e g the reflux temperature
In a further example, amme [-NH2] groups in compounds of formula (1 ) may be obtained by hydrolysis from a corresponding imide by reaction with hydrazine in a solvent such as an alcohol, e g ethanol at ambient temperature.
In another example, a nitro [-NO2] group may be reduced to an amme [- NH2], for example by catalytic hydrogenation as just described, or by chemical reduction using for example a metal, e.g. tin or iron, in the presence of an acid such as hydrochloric acid, optionally in a solvent such as an alcohol, e.g. methanol
In a further example of an interconversion process, a tetrazole substituent may be obtained from the corresponding nitrile by treatment of the latter with an azide, e.g. sodium azide, in a solvent such as a substituted amine, e.g. dimethylformamide at an elevated temperature. N-oxides of compounds of formula (1 ) may be prepared for example by oxidation of the corresponding nitrogen base using an oxidising agent such as hydrogen peroxide in the presence of an acid such as acetic acid, at an elevated temperature, for example around 70°C to 80°C, or altematively by reaction with a peracid such as peracetic acid or 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid in a solvent, e.g. dichloromethane, at ambient temperature.
Where salts of compounds of formula (1 ) are desired, these may be prepared by conventional means, for example by reaction of a compound of formula (1 ) with an appropriate acid or base in a suitable solvent or mixture of solvents, e.g. an organic solvent such as an ether, e.g. diethylether, or an alcohol, e.g. ethanol.
The following Examples illustrated the invention. In the Examples all 1 Hnmr were run at 300MHz unless specified otherwise. All temperatures are in °C. The following abbrevioations are used: DMSO - dimethylsulphoxide; DMF - dimethylformamide; THF - tetrahydrofuran.
EXAMPLE 1
4-Phenyl-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine
To a solution of 3,4,5-(tπmethoxyphenyl)guanιdιne nitrate ( l .89g, 6.57mmol) and 3-dιmethylamιno-1 -phenyl-2-propen-1 -one ( 1 .1 5g , 6.57mmol) in propan-2-ol (20ml) was added powdered sodium hydroxide (289mg, 7.23mmol) and the mixture refluxed for 18h. On cooiing (0°) the resulting precipitate was collected and washed with propan-2-ol and water, and then subjected to column chromatography [silica 1 % methanol- CH2CH2] to afford the title compound (730mg) after recrystallisation from ethyl acetate as a yellow solid m.p. 146°. δπ (CDCI3) 3.85 (3H, s), 3.91 (6H, s), 7.07 (2H, s), 7.17 (1 H, d, J 5.2Hz), 7.18 (1 H, s, NH), 7.46-7.50 (3H, m), 8.10 (2H, m), and 8.46 (1 H, d, J 5.2Hz).
The guanidine starting material was prepared by heating a mixture of
3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (5.49g, 30. Ommol), cyanamide [Aldrich, 50% solution in water w/v] (3.50ml, 45. Ommol) and concentrated nitric acid
(2.10ml, 300mmol) in ethanol (30ml). The solid which formed on cooling to room temperature was collected by filtration, washed with ethanol and dried in vacuo to give the desired product (4.60g) as a grey solid m.p. 187°. δH (d^DMSO) 3.65 (3H, s), 3.77 (6H, s), 6.54 (2H, s), 7.27 (4H, br s), and 9.46 (1 H, s).
The following compounds of Examples 2-35 were prepared in a similar manner using the above guanidine starting material and the appropriate enammone:
EXAMPLE 2
4-ι3-Pyridvπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(tπmethoxyphenyl)guanιdιne nitrate (1.33g, 4.60mmol), 3- dιmethylamιno-1 -(3-pyrιdy!)-2-propen-1 -one (812mg, 4.60mmol) and sodium hydroxide (203mg, 5.07mmol) to give the title compound (290mg) as a green solid m.p. 155°. 5H (CDCI3) 3.63 (3H, s), 3.78 (6H, s), 7.28 (2H, s), 7.47 (1 H, d, J 5.1 Hz), 7.56 (1 H, m), 8.49 (1 H, m), 8.58 (1 H, d, J 5.1 Hz), 8.71 (1 H, dd, J 4.8, 1.5Hz), 9.35 (1 H, d, J 2.0Hz) and 9.61 (1 H, s).
EXAMPLE 3 4-(4-Pyridvπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trιmethoxyphenyl)guanιdιne nitrate (1.44g, 5. Ommol), 3- dιmethylamιno-1 -(4-pyrιdyl)-2-propene-1 -one (880mg, 5. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (220mg, 5.5mmoi) to give the title compound (765mg) as a green solid m.p. 205°. 6H (d6DMSO) 3.63 (3H, s), 3.79 (6H, s), 7.27 (2H, s), 7.49 (1 H, d, J 5.1 Hz), 8.08 (2H, dd, J 4.5, 1.6Hz), 8.64 (1 H, d, J 5.1 Hz), 8.76 (2H, dd, J 4.5, 1.6Hz), and 9.66 (1 H, br s).
EXAMPLE 4 4-(2-Furyl)-N-3.4.5-ttrimethoχyphenyn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .66g, 5.75mmol), 3- dιmethylamino-1 -(2-furyl)-2-propen-1 -one) (950mg, 5.75mmol) and sodium hydroxide (253mg, 6.33 mmol) to give the title compound (350mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 139°. δH (CDCI3) 3.83 (3H, s), 3.90 (6H, s), 6.56 (1 H, m), 7.01 (2H, s), 7.06 (1 H, d, J 5.1 Hz), 7.18 (1 H, ), 7.25 (1 H, s), 7.58 (1 H, d, J 2.3 Hz), and 8.42 (1 H, d, J 5.1 Hz). EXAMPLE 5
4-(3.4.5-Trlmethoxyphenyπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenylV2-pyrimidine- amine from 3,4,5-(trιmethoxyphenyl)guanιdine nitrate (1 .08g, 3.77mmol), 3-dι- methylamιno-1 -(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyl)-2-propen-1 -one (1 .Og, 3.77mmol) and sodium hydroxide (166mg) to give the title compound (67mg) as a colourless solid m.p. 187°. δH (CDCI3) 3.83 (3H, s), 3.88 (6H, s) , 3.92 (3H, s), 3.94 (6H, s), 6.99 (2H, s), 7.09 (1 H, d, J 5.2Hz), 7.23 (1 H, br s), 7.32 (2H, s) and 8.45 (1 H, d, J 5.2Hz).
EXAMPLE 6
4-f5-(2.3-Dihvdrobenzofuryl) -N-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenvn-2- pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(tπmethoxyphenyl)guanιdιne nitrate ( 1 19g, 4 14mmol), 1 -(5- (2,3-dιhydrobenzofuryl)-3-dιmethylamιno-2-propen- 1 -one (900mg , 4.14mmol) and sodium hydroxide (182mg, 4.56mmol) to give the title compound (450mq) as a yellow solid m.p. 160°. δμ (CDCI3) 3.26 (2H, t, J 8.7Hz), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.90 (6H, s), 4.66 (2H, t, J 8.7Hz), 6.86 (1 H, d, J 8.3Hz), 7.06 (3H, m), 7.17 (1 H, s), 7.88 (1 H, d, 8.3Hz), 8.02 (1 H, s), and 8.38 ( 1 H, d, J 5.3Hz).
EXAMPLE 7
4-(1 -Phenylsulphonylindol-3-yl)-N-(3.4,5-trimethoxyphenyh-2- pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trιmethoxyphenyl)guanιdιne nitrate (820mg, 2.84mmol), 3- dιmethylamιno-1 -(1 -phenylsulphonylιndol-3-yl)-2-propen-1 -one (1 .0g, 2.84mmol), and sodium hydroxide (125mg, 3.12mmol) to give the title compound (380mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 202°. δH (d6DMSO) 3.30 (3H, s), 3.63 (6H, s), 7.19 (2H, s), 7.33 (1 H, t, J 7.3Hz), 7.44 (2H, m), 7.61 (2H, m), 7.71 (1 H, m), 7.99 (1 H, d, J 8.3Hz), 8.09 (2H, d, J 7.4Hz), 8.49 (1 H, d, J 5.2Hz), 8.60 (1 H, d, J 7.9Hz), 8.74 (1 H, s) and 9.46 (1 H, s).
EXAMPLE 8 4-<2-Thiazolvπ-N-ι3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trιmethoxyphenyl)guanidιne nitrate (1 .27g, 4.40mmol) , 3- dιmethylamιno-1 -(2-thιazolyl)-2-propen-1 -one (802mg, 4 40mmol), and sodium hydroxide (194mg, 4.84mmol) to give the title compound (520mg) as a green solid m.p. 159°. δH (d6DMSO) 3.63 (3H, s), 3.82 (6H, s), 7.24 (2H, s), 7.45 (1 H, d, J 4.9Hz), 8.07 (1 H, d, J 3.0Hz), 8.62 (1 H, d, J_4.8Hz) and 9.70 (1 H, s).
EXAMPLE 9
4-ι3-Thienvπ-N- 3.4.5-Trimethoχyphenyh-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.27g, 4.41 mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(3-thienyl)-2-propen-1 -one (0.80g, 4.41 mmol) to give the title compound (365mα. as a vellow solid m.p. 163°. δπ (d6DMSO) 3.62 (3H, s), 3.78 (6H, s), 7.26-7.27 (3H, m), 7.68-7.71 (1 H, m), 7.78 (1 H, d, J 4.9Hz), 8.34-8.36 (1 H, m), 8.47 (1 H, d, J 5.0Hz) and 9.44 (1 H, s).
EXAMPLE 10 4-(2-Naphthvh-N-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxypheny)guanidine nitrate (1.02g, 3.55mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(2-naphthyl)-2-propen-1 -one (800mg, 3.55mmol) and sodium hydroxide (156mg, 3.90mmol) to give the title compound (310mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 156°. δπ (d6DMSO) 3.64 (3H, s), 3.82 (6H, s), 7.36 (2H, s), 7.53 (1 H, d, J 6.2Hz), 7.58-7.61 (2H, m), 7.97-8.07 (3H. m), 8.29 (1 H, d, J 8.5Hz), 8.58 (1 H, d, J 5.1 Hz), 8.76 (1 H, s), and 9.58 (1 H. br s).
EXAMPLE 11 4-(3-Nitrophenyn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyi)guanidine nitrate (3.93g, 13.63mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1-(3-nitrophenyl)-2-propen-1 -one (3.0g, 13.63mmol) and sodium hydroxide (545mg, 13.63mmol) to give the title compound (250mg) as a yellow solid, m.p. 184-185°. MS m/z 383 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 12
4-(4-Nitrophenyπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .3g, 4.5mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(4-nitrophenyl)-2-propen-1 -one (1.0g, 4.5mmol) and sodium hydroxide (200mg) to give the title compound (550mg) as an orange solid m.p. 196°. MS m/z 383 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 13 4-(3-Bromophenyπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.63g, 5.66mmol), 1 -(3- bromophenyl)-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1-one (1.5g, 5.66mmol) and sodium hydroxide (250mg, 6.23mmol) to give the title compound (785mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 145°. MS m/z 418 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 14 4-<,Pyrrpl-2-vh-N-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.15g, 4. Ommol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(pyrrol-2-yl)-2-propen-1 -one (656g, 4. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (176mg, 4.4mmol) to give the title compound (10mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 150°. MS m/z 327 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 15
4-(3.4.-Methylenedioxyphenyl)-N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.15g, 4. Ommol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-2-propen-1 -one (8.76g, 4. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (176mg) to give the title compound (160mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 180°. MS m/z 382 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 16 4-(Pyrazin-2-yπ-N-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.15g, 4. Ommol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(pyrazin-2-yl)-2-propen-1 -one (708mg, 4. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (176mg) to give the title compound (254mg) as a yellow solid, m.p. 181-182°. MS m/z 340 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 17
4-« fert-Butyπ-N-t3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1.2g, 4.2mmol), 1 -tert- butyl-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1-one (650mg, 4.2mmol) and sodium hydroxide (185mg) to give the title compound (90mg) as a white solid m.p. 122°. MS m/z 318 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 18
4-(1 ,2,3.4-Tetrahvdronaphthalen-6-yl)-N- 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenγl)-9- pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .Og, 435mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1-(1 ,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-6-yl)-2-propen-1 -one
(801 mg, 3.5mmol) and sodium hydroxide (155mg, 3.85mmol) to give the title compound (120mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 150-151 °. MS m/z 392 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 19
4-(2.2-Dimethyl-3.4-dihydro-2H-benzorbloxin-fi-vn-N-<3.4,5- trimethoxyphenyh-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .15g, 4. Ommol) , 3- dimethylamino-1 -(2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydro-2H-benzo[b]oxin-6-yl)-2- propen-1 -one (1 .04g, 4. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (180mg, 4.4mmol) to give the title compound (120mg) as a pale yellow solid m.p. 149-150°. MS m/z 422.3 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 20 4-rBenzothiazol-2-yn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .72g, 6. Ommol), 1 - (benzothiazol-2-yl)-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1 -one (1 .39g, 6. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (270mg, 6.6mmol) to give the title compound (420mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 182-183°. MS m/z 395 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 21
4-(2-Nitrothien-5-vn-N-r3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- yrimidineaminp from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .27g, 4.4mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(2-nitrothien-5-yl)-2-propen-1 -one (1 .0g, 4.4mmol) and sodium hydroxide (186mg, 4.9mmol) to give the title compound (540mg) as a dark red solid m.p. 182-183°. MS m/z 389 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 22
4-(3-Methoxvphenvπ-N- 3.4.5-trimethQyγphenvn-2-pyrimidineaminP from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .41 g, 4.88mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(3-methoxyphenyl)-2-propen-1 -one (1 .0g, 4.88mmol) and sodium hydroxide (216mg, 5.4mmol) to give the title compound (275mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 155-156°. MS m/z 368 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 23 4-(2-Pyridyπ-N-.'3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 .99g, 6.91 mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(2-pyridyl)-2-propen-1 -one (1 .22g, 6.91 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (276mg, 6.9mmol) to give the title compound (158mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 185°. MS m/z 339 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 24
4- 4-fer -Butoxycarbonylaminophenyl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn-2- pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (10.9g, 37.8mmol), 1 -(4- tet?-butoxycarbbonylaminophenyl)-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1 -one
(10. Og, 34.4mmol) and sodium hydroxide (1.52g, 37.8mmol) to give the title compound (5.4g) as a yellow solid m.p. 158-159°. MS m/z 453 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 25
4-f3-Hydroxyphenyπ-N- 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (4.72g, 16.4mmol), 1 -(3- fe/?-butyldimethylsilyloxyphenyl)-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1 -one (5.0g, 16.4mmol) and sodium hydroxide (655mg, 16.4mmol) to give the title compound (2.0g) as a light yellow solid m.p. 191 -192°. MS m/z 354 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 26 4-(5-Thiazolvπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (634mg, 2.2mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(5-thiazolyl)-2-propen-1 -one (330g, 1 .81 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (88mg, 2.2mmol) to give the title compound (42mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 171°. MS m/z 345 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 27 4-f4-Cvanophenvn-N-r3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (17.0g, 59. Ommol), 1 -(4- cyanophenyl)-3-dimethylamino-2-propen-1 -one (11.82g, 58. Ommol) and sodium hydroxide (2.36mg, 59. Ommol) to give the title compound (11.66g) as a green solid m.p. 183°. MS m/z 363 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 28
4-(4-Ethoxycarbonylphenyl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (1 1.66g, 40.5mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(4-ethoxycarbonyiphenyl)-2-propen- 1 -one ( 10.0g, 40.5mmol) and sodium hydroxide (1.62g, 40.5mmol) to give the title compound (3.21g) as a yellow solid m.p. 181-182°. MS m/z 410 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 29
4- 1-Naphthyπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (2,94g, 10.22mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(1-naphthyl)-2-propen-1 -one (2.30g, 10.22mmol) and sodium hydroxide (409mg, 10.22mmol) to give the title compound (750mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 130-133°. MS m/z 444 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 30
4(4.5-Dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2- pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (4.99g, 6.91 mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1-(4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2-propen-1 -one (3.64g, 17.3mmol) and sodium hydroxide (720mg, 18mmol) to give the title compound (490mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 207°. MS m/z 373 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 31
4-(4-Methoxyphenyn-N-t'3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (8.16g, 28.3mmol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -(4-methoxyphenyl)-2-propen-1 -one (5.5g, 28.3mmol) and sodium hydroxide (1.13g, 28.3mmol) to give the title compound (3.4g) as an orange solid m.p. 148-150°. MS m/z 368 (M+H).+ EXAMPLE 32 4-(4-Benzyloxyphenvn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trimethoxyphenyl)guanιdine nitrate (9.0g, 31 .25mmol), 1 -(4- benzyloxyphenyl)-3-dιmethylamιno-2-propen-1 -one (8.88g, 31 .25mmol) and sodium hydroxide (1 .25g, 31 .25mmol) to give the title compound (1 1.Og) as a yellow solid m.p. 171 -172°. MS m/z 444(M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 33
4-(5-t2-Hvdroxyethvn-4-methylthiazol-2-vn-N-ι3.4.5-trimethQxy- phenyO-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(trιmethoxyphenyl)guanidιne nitrate (1 .22g, 4.23mmol), 1 -(5-(2- fett-butyldιmethylsilyloxyethyl)-4-methylthιazol-2-yl)-3-dιmethylamιno-2- propen-1 -one (1.50g, 4 23mmol) and sodium hydroxide (200mg, 5. Ommol) to give the title compound (21 0mg) as an orange solid m.p > 1 90° (decomp). MS m/z 403 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 34 4-(4-Bromophenyl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyn-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-(tπmethoxyphenyl)guanιdιne nitrate (2.26g, 7.80mmol), 1 -(4- bromophenyl)-3-dιmethylamιno-2-propen-1 -one (2.0g, 7.80mmol) and sodium hydroxide (346mg, 8.60mmol) to give the title compound (1 .0g) as a green solid m.p. 179°. MS m/z 416 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 35 4-f2-Chloropyridin-5-vn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidine- amine from 3,4,5-(tπmethoxyphenyl)guanidine nitrate (16.42g, 22.3mmol), 1 -(2- chloropyπdιn-5-yl)-3-dimethylamιno-2-propen-1 -one (4.70g, 22.3mmol) and sodium hydroxide (895mg) to give the title compound (1 .43g) as a yellow solid m.p. 191 -192°. MS m/z 373.2 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 36 4-(1-H-lndol-3-yn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn-2-pyrimidinf>aminp
The compound of Example 7 (400mg, 0.78mmol) was suspended in ethanol (5ml) and 4M sodium hydroxide (5ml) and heated at reflux for 4h.
On cooling a precipitate formed which was collected by filtration and washed with water to give the title compound (79mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 197°. MS m/z 377 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 37 N-Methyl-4-<4-pyridyπ-N- 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine A solution of the compound of Example 3 (650mg, 1.92mmol) in DMF (5ml) was added dropwise to a stirred suspension of 60% NaH (76mg, 1.92mmoi) in DMF (5ml), cooled to 0°C. After 0.5h lodomethane (0.13ml, 2.11 mmol) was added dropwise and the resulting mixture was left to warm to room temperature over 20h. The reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue subjected to column chromatography to give the title compound (159mg) as a pale green solid m.p. 139° MS m/z 353 (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 38
4-(2-Aminothien-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine
A solution of the compound of Example 21 (380mg, 0.98mmol) was treated with ammonium formate (200mg, 6.34mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (200mg) at 65° for 24h On cooling, the catalyst was filtered off on a pad of celite and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (100mg) as a green solid m.p. 161 -162° MS m/z 389 (M+H)+.
The compounds of Examples 39 and 40 were prepared in a similar manner to the compound of Example 38. EXAMPLE 39 4-ι4-Aminophenyπ-N-«3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvπ-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 12 (800mg, 2.09mmoi), ammonium formate (660mg, 10.5mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (80mg) to give the title compound (253mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 195°. MS m/z 353 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 40 4-(3-Aminophenyh-N-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyn-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 1 1 (150mg, 0.39mmol), ammonium formate (150mg, 2.38mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (100mg) to give the title compound (120mq) as a vellow solid m p. 166-167° MS m/z 353 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 41 4-(3-Acetamidophenvπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine To a solution of the compound of Example 40 (0.25g, 0.71 mmol) in dry CH2CI2 (40ml) and triethylamine (0.1 1 ml) was added acetyl chloride (0.06ml, 0.78mmol) and the resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 4h After washing with water (100ml) and saturated aqueous NaHCθ3 (100ml), the organic Iayer was dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica-ethyl acetate] to give after recrystallisation from ethyl acetate- hexane the title compound (163mα) as a vellow solid, m.p 162-164° MS m z 395(M+H)+.
The compounds of Examples 42-44 were prepared in a similar manner to the compound of Example 41 : EXAMPLE 42 4-(4-Acetamidophenyh-N-('3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 39 (300mg, 0.85mmol), triethylamine (0.13ml, 0.94mmol) and acetyl chloride (0.07ml, 0.94mmol) to give the title compound (178mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 239°. MS m/z 395 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 43
N-ι3- 2- 3.4.5-Trimethoxyphenylamino)pyrimidin-4-ynphenyl}-5- methylisoxazole-3-carboxamide from the compound of Example 40 (150mg, 0.43mmol) , 5- methylisoxazole-3-carbonyl chloride (68mg, 0.47mmol) and triethyiaminie (0.1ml, 0.7mmol) to give the title compound (7mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 173-175°. MS m/z 462 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 44
N-(3- 2-t3.4.5-Trimet oxyp enylaminoιpyrimidin-4-ynphenvnpyridine-
3-carboxamide from the compound of Example 40 (250mg, 0.71 mmol), nicotinoyl chloride hydrochloride (139mg, 0.78mmol), and triethylamine (0.2ml, 2.3mmol) to give the title compound (155mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 140-143°. MS m/z 458 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 45 4-ι3-(3-Phthalimidopropoxy)phenyl>-N-r3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine
To a suspension of caesium carbonate (462mg, 1.4mmol) in dry DMF (10ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere were added the compound of Example 25 (500mg, 1.4mmol) and 3-bromopropylphthalimide (380mg, 1.4mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4.5h, followed by the addition of water (50ml). The resulting precipitate was collected, washed with diethyl ether and recrystallised from ethyl acetate- hexane to give the title compound (620mg) as an off-white solid m.p. 209°. MS m/z 541 (M+H)+.
The following compound was prepared in a similar manner: EXAMPLE 46
4-(3-Propoχyphenyπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 25 (350mg, 0.99mmol), iodopropane (168mg, 0.99mmol) and caesium carbonate (322mg, 0.99mmol) to give the title compound (187mg) as an off-white solid m.p. 107°. MS m/z 396 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 47 4-ι3- 2-Hvdroxyethoxy phenvπ-N-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl>-2- pyrimidineamine
To a suspension of 60% NaH (dispersion in oil) (62mg, 1.6mmol) in DMF (15ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere were added the compound of Example 25 (500mg, 1 .4mmol) and ethylene carbonate (137mg, 1.6mmol). The resulting mixture was heated at 130° for 6h. On cooling the reaction was diluted with water (30ml), extracted with CH2CI2 (3x25ml), dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica-ethyl acetate] to give the title compound (260mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 70°. MS m/z 398 ( +H)+.
EXAMPLE 48
4-(3-(3-Aminopropoxy henvπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvπ-2- pyrimidineamine dihydrochloride
The compound of Example 45 (500mg, 0.9mmol) was suspended in ethanol (30ml) containing hydrazine monohydrate (0.14ml, 2.8mmol) and the resulting mixture heated at reflux for 18h. On cooling the resulting precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in CH2CI2 (30ml), extracted with 2N hydrochloric acid (2x30ml) Combined acid layers were taken to pH 1 1 with 6N NaOH and extracted with CH CI (3x30ml), the organic layers were dried (MgS04), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethanol (10ml) and the solution saturated with HCl (g). The resulting precipitate was collected to give the title compound (137mg) as an orange solid m.p. 236°. δH (d6-DMS)0 9.62 (1 H, s), 8.54 (1 H, d, J 5.2Hz), 8.05 (2H, br s), 7.75 (2H, m), 7.45 (2H, m), 7.29 (2H, s), 7.14 (1 H, d, J 7.3Hz), 4.14 (2H, t, J 6.0Hz), 3.79 (6H, s), 3.62 (3H, s), 2.95 (2H, m) and 2.06 (2H, m). MS m/z 41 1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 49 4-(4-Hvdroxyphenvn-N-t3.4.5-trimethoχyphenvπ-2-pyrimidineamine
A solution of the compound of Example 32 (1 .06g, 2.37mmol) in ethanol (100ml) was treated with ammonium formate (750mg, 12. Ommol) and 10% palladium on carbon (100mg) and stirred at room temperature for 18h, followed by heating at reflux for 18h. On cooling the catalyst was removed by filtration through Celite® and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was recrystallised from ethyl acetate to give the title compound (760mg) as a cream solid m.p. 200-202°. MS m/z 354 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 50
4-f4-t3-Phthalimidopropoxy)phenyn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoχvphenyn-2- pyrimidineamine
To a supension of 60% NaH (dispersion in oil) (55mg, 1.36mmol) in DMF (10ml) was added the compound of Example 49 (480mg, 1.36mmol) and 3-bromopropylphthalimide (365mg, 1.36mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6h. After this time the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure, the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (50ml), washed with water (50ml), and dried (MgSθ4). The solvent was removed under reduced pressued to give the title compound (700mg) as a buff solid. MS m/z 541 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 51
4- 4-(3-Aminopropoxy)phenvn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyn-2- pyrimidineamine
The compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 48 from the compound of Example 50 (830mg, 1.54mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (0.23ml, 4.62mmol) to give the title compound (63mα) as a white solid m.p. 161 -162°. MS m/z 41 1 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 52
4-ι4-(2-Hvdroxyethoxy)phenyn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn-2- pyrimidineamine
The compound was prepared in a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 47 from the compound of Example 49 (250mg, 0.71 mmol), ethylene carbonate (70mg, 6.78mmol) and 60% sodium hydride (dispersion in oil) (30mg, 0.78mmol) to give the title compound (140mg) as a yellow solid m.p 145-146°. MS m/z 398 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 53
4-(4- 2-N.N-Dimethylaminoethoxy)Dhenyn-N-ι3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn- 2-pyrimidineamine
The compound of Example 49 (250mg, 0.71 mmol), N,N-dimethylamιno- ethanol (69mg, 0.78mmol) and triphenylphosphine (205mg, 0.78mmol) were dissolved in dry THF (20ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere and the mixture stirred for 0.5h. Diethylazodicarboxylate (136mg, 0.78mmol) in THF (10ml) was added dropwise and the reaction stirred for 48h, after which time the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (40ml), washed with water (2x100ml), dried (MgS04) and the solvent evaporated. The resulting solid was subjected to column chromatography [silica-ethyl acetate] to give the title compound (75mg) as white crystals m.p. 140-147°. MS m/z 425 (M+H)+.
The foilowing compound was prepared in a similar manner: EXAMPLE 54
4- 4- 3-N.N-Dimethylaminopropoxy)phenvn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 49 (250mg, 0.71 mmol), N,N- dimethylaminopropanol (88mg, 0.85mmol), triphenylphosphine (223mg, 0.85mmol) and diethylazodicarboxylate (148mg, 0.85mmol) to give the title compound (20mq) as a white solid m.p. 161 -164°. MS m/z 439 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 55 4-ι3- 3-Hvdroxypropylamino)phenyl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2- pyrimidineamine
The compound of Example 40 (250mg, 0.71 mmol) and 3-bromopropanol were heated at 85° in DMF for 72h. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to column chromatography [silica-ethyl acetate] to give the title compound (33mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 92-95°. MS m/z 411 (M+H)+.
The following compound was prepared in a similar manner: EXAMPLE 56
4-(4-t3-Hvdroxypropylamino)phenyπ-N-13.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 39 (750mg, 2.13mmol) and 3- bromopropanol (3.55mg, 2.56mmol) to give the title compound (24mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 86-90°. MS m/z 411 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 57
4-(3-(3-Pyridylmethvhaminophenyl)-N-t3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine
To a solution of the compound of Example 40 (250mg, 0.71 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20ml) was added 3-pyridinecarboxaldehyde (69mg, 0.65mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (226mg, 1.07mmol) and acetic acid (0.1 ml), and the resulting mixture stirred at ambient temperature for 48h. The reaction was washed with water (2x100ml), dried (MgSθ4), concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue columned [silica-ethyl acetate] to give the title compound M OOmg. as a yellow solid m p 7R-ftno MS m/z 444 (M+H)+.
The following compound was prepared in a similar manner: EXAMPLE 58 4-(4-ι3-Pyridylmethvnaminophenvn-N-t3.4.5-trimethoχphenyn-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 39 (250mg, 0.71 mmol), 3-pyridine- carboxaldehyde (69mg, 0.65mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (226mg, 1.67mmol) and acetic acid (0.1 ml) to give the title compound (134mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 189-190°. MS m/z 444 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 59
4-(4-ιAminomethyl)phenvπ-N-13.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine To a suspension of L.AIH4 (628mg, 16.56mmol) in dry THF (100ml) at 0° was added dropwise a solution of the compound of Example 27 in THF (10ml) and when addition was complete the reaction was heated at reflux for 3h. On cooling a saturated solution of aqueous ammonium chloride (25ml) was added and the organic solvent removed under reduced pressure. The aqueous solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x200ml) and the combined organic layers dried (MgSθ4) followed by evaporation under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica-ethyl acetate] to give the title compound (330mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 143-144°. MS m/z 367 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 60
4./4-π H-1.2.3.4-Tetrazol-5-vnphenvh-N-(3,4.5-trimethoχyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine To a solution of the compound of Example 27 (500mg, 1.38mmol) in DMF (15ml) was added sodium azide (897mg, 13.8mmol) and ammonium chloride (738mg, 13 δmmol) and the mixture heated at 130° for 18h On cooling, water (45ml) was added, the resulting precipitate collected and recrystallised from ethyl acetate to give the title compound (333mg) as a yellow solid m.p 246-247° δH 9.60 (1 H, br s), 8 59 (1 H, d, J 5 OHz), 8 39 (2H, d, J 8 4), 8.19 (2H, d, J 8 4Hz), 7 47 (1 H, d, J 5 3Hz), 7 31 (2H, s), 3 80 (6H, s) and 3 62 (3H, s) MS m/z 406 2 (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 61 4-(1-Oxopyrid-4-yl)-N-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine
In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 1 , from 3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyiguanιdιne nitrate (2 25g, 7 81 mmol), 3- dιmethylamιno-1 -(1 -oxo-pyπd-4-yl)-2-propen-1 -one (880mg, 7 81 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (344mg, 8.6mmol) to give the title compound (1 2g) as a green solid m p. 220° MS m/z 355 (M+H)+
The 3-dιmethylamιno-1 -(1 -oxopyrιd-4-yl)-2-propen-1 -one used as starting material was prepared by heating a solution of 4-acetylpyπdιne-N-oxιde (2.5g, 18.2mmol) in dimethylformamide diethylacetal (30ml) at reflux for 0 5h On cooling the resulting solid was collected and washed with diethyl ether to give the desired product (3.18g) as an orange solid m p 181 °
The 4-acetylpyπdιne-N-oxιde was prepared by treating a solution of 4- acetylpyridme (3.0g, 24 8mmol) in CH2CI2 with 3-chloro-peroxybenzoιc acid [Aldrich 57-86%] (8 4g) at room temperature for 12 h The reaction was filtered, the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure and the resulting residue subjected to column chromatography [silica 10% methanol-ethyl acetate] to give the desired product (3.2g) as a white solid m.p. 101 ° EXAMPLE 62
4-(4-< Hydroxymethy phenvn-N-r3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine
To a suspension of L.AIH4 (560mg, 14.64mmol) in dry THF (50ml) at 0° was added dropwise to a solution of the compound of Example 28 in THF (100ml) and the reaction heated at reflux for 18h. On cooling an aqueous saturated solution of ammonium chloride (70ml) was added and the organic solvent removed under reduced pressure. The aqueous solution was extracted with CH CI2 (300ml), and this was dried (MgS04) and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica-ethyl acetate] to give title compound (212mg) as a pale yellow solid m.p. 171 -172°. MS m/z 368 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 63 4-t'2-f3-Hvdroxypropylamino)pyridin-5-vn-N-('3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn- 2-pyrimidineamine
The compound of Example 35 (200mg, 0.54mmol) and 3-amιno-1 - propanol (1 .0ml, 13.05mmol) were heated at 100° for 3.5h. On cooling the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure, water (15ml) added and the resulting precipitate collected. After washing with water, drying under vacuum and recrystallisaiton from ethanol the title compound (105mg) was obtained as a yellow solid m.p. 168-160°. δ H(d6 DMSO) 9.40 (1 H, s), 8.83 (1 H, s), 8.38 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 8.12 (1 H, br dm, J 7.0Hz), 7.26 (2H, s), 7.22 (1 H, d, J 5.2Hz), 7.16 (1 H, br t, J 3.0Hz), 6.54 (1 H, d, J 8.8Hz), 4.53 (1 H, t, J 5.0Hz), 3.76 (6H, s), 3.60 (3H, s), 3.47 (2H, q, J 5.4Hz), 3.32 (2H, m) and 1 .68 (2H, m). MS m/z 412 (M+H)+.
The compounds of Examples 64-87 were prepared in a similar manner to the compound of Example 63 using the compound of Example 35 and the amine shown:
EXAMPLE 64
4-<'2-t'2-Aminoethylamino)Pyridin-5-yl)-N-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (200mg, 0.54mmol) and ethylene- diamine (1 ml, 14.96mmoh to give the title compound (105mg) as a yplln solid m.p. 1 17-1 18° δH(d6 DMSO) 9.35 (1 H, s), 8.83 (1 H, d, J 2.2Hz), 8.38 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 8.13 (1 H, dd, J 8.9, 2.4Hz), 7.27 (2H, s), 7.22 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 7.1 1 (1 H, br t, J 5.0Hz), 3.77 (6H, s), 3.62(3H, s), 3.29 (2H, q, J 6.3Hz), 2.71 (2H, t, J 6.3Hz) and 1.60 (2H, br s). MS m/z 397 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 65
4-t2-(2-Hvdroxyethylamino)pyridin-5-vn-N-r3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyn-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and ethanolamine (1.0ml, 16.56mmol) to give the title compound (190mg) as an off-white solid m.p. 123°. δH(d6 DMSO) 9.35 (1 H, s), 8.82 (1 H, d, J 2.2Hz), 8.38 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 8.12 (1 H, dd, J 8.8, 2.4Hz), 7.26 (2H, s), 7.22 (1 H, d, J 6.3Hz), 7.1 1 (1 H, br t, J 5.0Hz), 6.59 (1 H, d, J 8.8Hz), 4.73 (1 H, br s), 3.77 (6H, s), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.57-3.52 (2H, m) and 3.45-3.38 (2H, m). MS m/z 398 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 66
4-(2-(3-Aminopropylamino)pyridin-5-vn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35(250mg, 0.68mmol) and 1 ,3-dιamιno- propane (1.0ml, 1 1.89mmol) to give the title compound (120mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 152-153° δH(d6 DMSO) 9.34 (1 H, s), 8.83 (1 H, d, J 2.2Hz), 8.37 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 8.12 (1 H, dd J 8.8, 2.4Hz), 7.26 (2H, s), 7.21 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 7.14 (1 H, bt, J 5.5Hz), 6.53 (1 H, d, J 8.8Hz), 3.77 (6H, s), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.34 (2H, q, J 7.0Hz), 2.61 (2H, t, J 6.7 Hz), 2.40 (2H, br s) and 1.65-1.56 (2H, m). MS m/z 411 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 67
4-(2-f2-Dimethylaminoethylamino)pyridin-5-yπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35(250mg, 0.68mmol) and N,N-dimethyl- ethylenediamine (0.75mol, 14.17mmol) to give the title compound (85mg) as an off-white solid m.p. 110-11 1 °. MS m/z 425.5 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 68
4-(2-(4-Hvdroxybutylamino)pyridin-5-vπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvh-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35(250mg, 0.68mmol) and 4-amιno-1 - butanol (0.750mg, 8.43mmol) to give the title compound (255mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 170-171°. MS m/z 4216 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 69
4-(2-(2-<'Pyrrolidin-1-vπethylamino)pyridin-5-vπ-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (250mg, 0.68mmol) and N-(2-amιno- ethyl)pyrrolidιne (0.75ml, 7.31 mmol) to give the title compound (191 mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 165-166°. MS m/z 451 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 70
4-ι2-f2-Methylamino)ethyl(methvπamino)pyridin-5-yπ-N-ι3.4.5- trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N,N'- dimethylethylenediamme (0.61ml, 5.68mmol) to give the title compound (60mg) as a buff solid m.p. 115-1 16°. MS m/z 425 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 71
4- 2- 3-lsopropylaminopropylamino)pyridin-5-vn-N-<'3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N-isopropyl- 1 ,3-propanediamιne (0.51ml, 4. Ommol) to give the title compound (208mg) as a pale yellow solid m.p. 124-125°. MS m/z 453 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 72 4-(2-f1-Benzylpiperid-4-ylamino)pyridin-5-yπ-N-ι3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (500mg, 1.35mmol) and 4-amιno-1 - benzylpiperidine (514mg, 2.7mmol) to give the title compound (370mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 113-114°. MS m/z 527 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 73
4-(2-(3- Morpholino propylamino yridin-5-vh-N-(3.4.5- trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35(300mg, 0.81 mmol) and 3- (aminopropyl)morpholine (0.59ml, 4mmol) to give the title compound (300mg) as a white solid m.p. 165-166°. MS m/z 481 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 74
4-ι2-ι4-Methoxyphenylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenvπ-2-pγrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and para-anisidine (200mg, 1.62mmol) to give the title compound (170mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 209-210°. MS m/z 459 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 75
4-(2-(,3-Methylaminopropyl(methvnamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-t3.4.5- trimethoxyphenyh -2-pyrimidineamine
In a manner analogous to Example 63 from the compound of Example 35 (500mg) and N,N'-dimethyl-1 ,3-propanediamine (1 .62ml. 13. Ommol) to give the title compound (31 mα) as a vellow solid, m.p. 103°. MS m/z 439 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 76
4-(2-f2-Hvdroxycvclohexylamino yridin-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyπ-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81mmol), trans-2-amino- cyclohexanol hydrochloride (614mg, 4.05mmol) and triethylamine (0.56ml, 4.05mmol) to give the title compound (147mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 147- 148°. MS m/z 452 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 77
4-r2-ι3-Dimethylamiπo-2.2-dimethylpropylamino)pyridin-5-vn-N-ι3.4.5- trimethoxyphenyπ-2-Pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N,N,2,2- tetramethyl-1 , 3-propanediamine (527mg, 4.05mmol) to give the title compound (147mg) as a white solid m.p. 125°. MS m/z 467 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 78
4-f2-(3-Dimethylaminopropylamino^pyridin-5-yπ-N-<'3.415- trimethoxyphenyπ-2-pyrimidine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and 3-dιmethyl- aminopropylamine (248mg, 2.43mmol) to give the title compound (201 mg) as a buff solid m.p. 170°. MS m/z 439 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 79 4-(2-f2-Diethylaminoethyl(methvπamino pyridin-5-v0-N-(3.4.5- trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N.N-dιethyl-N'- methylethylenediamme (316mg, 2.43mmol) to give the title compound
(372mg) as a buff solid m.p. 1 11 °. MS m/z 467 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 80
4-(2-(3-Diethylaminopropylamino)pyridin-5-yh-N-f3,4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N,N-dιethyl- ammopropylamine (282mg, 2.43mmol) to give the title compound (146mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 67°. MS m/z 453 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 81
4- 2-f2-(1-Methylpyrrolidin-2-yl ethylamino)pyridin-5-vn-N-f3.4.5- trimethoxγphenvO-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and 2-(2- aminoethyl)-1 -methylpyrrolidine (512mg, 4. Ommol) to give the title compound (190mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 176-177°. MS M/z 465 (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 82
4-ι2-π-(Ethylpyrrolidin-2-yhmethylamino^pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5- trimethoxy-phenyh-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg), 0.81 mmol) and 2-(amιno- methyl)-1 -ethylpyrrolidine (5.3mg, 4. Ommol) to give the title compound (240mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 81-82°. MS m/z 465 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 83
4- 2-f2-Dimethylaminoethylfethyπamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5- trimethoxyphenyO-2-pyrimidineamine. from the compound of Example 35(300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N,N-dimethyl- N'-ethylethylenediamine (282mg, 2.43mmol) to give the title compound (193mg) as a yellow solid, m.p. 90°. MS m/z 453 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 84 4-(2-(4-Aminobutylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and 1 ,4-butane- diamine (705mg, 8. Ommol) as a yellow solid m.p. 209-201 °. δ H(d6 DMSO) 9.35 (1 H, s), 8.82 (1 H, d, J 2.3Hz), 8.37 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 8.1 1 (1 H, dd, J 8.9, 2.3Hz), 7.26 (2H, s), 7.21 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 7.15 (1 H, br t, NH), 6.53 (1 H, d, J 8.9Hz), 3.77 (6H, s), 3.61 (3H, s), 3.28 (2H, q, J 6.0Hz), 2.58 (2H, t, J 6.9Hz), 1.58-1.53 (2H, m) and 1.97-1.39 (2H, m). MS m/z 425 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 85 4-(2-(2-Diethylaminoethylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (300mg, 0.81 mmol) and N,N-diethyl- ethylenediamine (282mg, 2.43mmol) to give the title compound (50mg) as a yellow solid m.p. 67°. MS m/z 453 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 86
4-(2-ι3-ι4-Methylpiperazin-1-yπpropylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-f3.4.5- trimethoxyphenyD-2-pyrimidineamine from the compound of Example 35 (350mg, 0.94mmol) and 1 -(3- aminopropyl)-4-methylpiperazine (629mg, 4. Ommol) to give the title compound (238mg) as a white solid m.p. 183-184°. MS m/z 494 (M+H)+. Example 87
4-f2-ι2-Dimethylaminoethylιmethyhamino)pyridin-5-ylι-N-(3141.S- trimethoxypheπyl..pyrimidine-2-amine from the compound of Example 35 (30mg, 0.81 mmol) and N.N.N'- trimethylethylenediamine (400mg, 4. Ommol) to give the title compound (31 Og) as a yellow solid m.p. 97-98°. MS m/z 439 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 88
4-f2-(Piperid-4-ylamino)pyridin-5-vn-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine acetate
To a solution of the compound of Example 72 (90mg, 0.15mmol) as the acetate salt in ethanol (10ml) was added cyclohexadiene (0.095ml, LOmmol) and 10% palladium on charcoal (I 00mg) and the reaction heated at reflux for 1 h. On cooling the reaction was filtered through a pad of Celite® and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (20mg) as a yellow solid m.p.87-88°. MS m/z 437 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 89 N4-Phenyl-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2.4-pyrimidinediamine
A solution of N-phenyl-2-chloro-4-pyrimidineamιne (1.83g, 8.91 mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (1.83g, 10. Ommol) in acetone (10ml) and water (15ml) containing concentrated hydrochloric acid (0.2ml) was heated at reflux for 10h. On cooling the acetone was removed under reduced pressure, and the reaction taken to pH10 with 4N NaOH and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x75ml). The combined organic layers were dried (MgSθ4), concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue crystallised from ethyl acetate to give the title compound (2.41 g) as a colourless solid m.p. 191 °. δH (CDCI3) 8.04 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.37-7.34 (4H, m), 7.16-7.10 (1 H, m), 7.05 (1 H, br s), 6.85 (2H, s), 6.68 (1 H, br s), 6.16 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 3.82 (3H, s) and 3.81 (6H, s). MS m/z 353 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine used as starting material was prepared by heating a solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (4.0g, 26.8mmol), aniline (2.46ml, 27. Ommol) and triethylamine (4.3ml, 30. Ommol) in ethanol (50ml) at reflux for 2h. On cooling a white precipitate was collectd which was washed with cold ethanol (100ml) and recrystallised from ethyl acetate to give the desired product (6.01 g) as a colourless solid m.p. 186°. MS/mz 206 (M+H)+.
The compounds of Examples 90-110 were prepared in a similar manner to the compound of Example 89 using the starting material shown. In each case the pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from the available compounds shown in a similar manner to the pyrimidineamine starting material of Example 89: EXAMPLE 90 N4-(4-(2-Hvdroxyethoxy)phenvn-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn2.4- pyrimidineamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (187mg, 0.70mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (146mg, O.θmmol) to give the title compound (18mg) as a colourless solid m.p. 212°. δH (d6 DMSO) 9.09 (1 H, br s), 8.89 (1 H, br s), 7.94 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.53 (2H, d, J 8.6Hz), 7.10 (2H, s), 6.86 (2H, d, J 8.6Hz), 6.10 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 4.83 (1 H, t, J 5.6Hz),. 3.95 (2H, t, J 4.9Hz), 3.71 -3.68 (2H, m), 3.65 (6H, s) and 3.60 (3H,s). MS m/z 413 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4-(2-hydroxy- ethoxy)aniline (481 mg, 3.14mmol) 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (468mg, 3.14mmol) and triethylamine (0.46ml, 3.25mmol) to give the desired product as a yellow solid m.p. 169°. MS m/z 266(M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 91 N4-(3.4-Methylenedioxγphenvπ-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenγn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3,4-methylenedioxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (200mg, 0.85mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (156mg, 0.85mmol) to give the title compound (187mg) as a buff solid m.p. 199°. MS m/z 397 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 3,4- methylenedioxyaniiine (219mg, 1.60mmol) 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (250mg, 1.60mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1 .80mmol) to give the desired product (215mg) as a buff solid m.p. 148°. MS m/z 250 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 92
N4-(3-Methoxyphenvn-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine from 2-chloro-N4-(3-methoxyphenyl)-4-pyrιmidineamιne (195mg, 0.83mmol) and 3,4,5-tπmethoxyanιiine (152mg, 0.83mmol) to give the title compound (189mg) as a white solid m.p. 78°. MS m/z 383 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from meta-anisidme (0.18mg, 1 .6mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrιmιdιne (250mg, 1 .6mmol) and triethylamine (0.25mg, 1.8mmol) to give the desired product (200mg) as a white solid m.p. 107°. MS m/z 236 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 93
N4- 3-(2-Hydroxyethvnphenvn-N2-f3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl)-4-pyπmιdιneamιne (250mg, LOmmol) and 3,4,5-trιmethoxyanιlιne (184mg, LOmmol) to give the title compound (257mg) as a white solid m.p. 72°. MS m/z 397 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 2-(4-amιno- phenyl)ethanol (219mg, 1.6mmol) 2,4-dιchloropyrιmιdιne (250mg, 1.6mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1.8mmol) to give the desired product (289mg) as an orange solid m.p. 163°.
EXAMPLE 94
N4-(4-(Diethylaminoϊphenyπ-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxγphenvπ-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-(diethylamιno)phenyl)-4-pyπmidineamιne (250mg, 0.9mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniiine (166mg, 0.9mmol) to give the title compound (80mg) as a green solid m.p. 87° MS m/z 424.5 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from N,N-dιethyl-1 ,4- phenyldiamine (263mg, 1.6mmol), 2,4-dιchloropyrιmιdιne (250mg, 1.6mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, Lθmmol) to give the desired prdocut (410mg) as a green solid m.p. 212°. MS m/z 277 (M+H).+ EXAMPLE 95
N4-(4-ι3-Hvdroxypropoxy)phenyπ-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyh-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-(3-hydroxypropoxy)phenyl)-4-pyrimidiπeamine (250mg, 0.89mmol) and trimethoxyaniline (164mg, 0.89mmol) to give the title compound (61 mg) as a white solid m.p. 69°. MS m/z 427 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared (from 4-(3-hydroxy- propoxy)aniline (267mg, 1 .60mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (250mg, LδOmmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1 .80mmol) to give the desired product (383mg) as a pale orange solid m.p. 181 °. MS m/z 280 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 96
N4-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (250mg) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (189mg, LOmmol) to give the title compound (160mg) as a light pink solid m.p. 86°. MS m/z 413 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from amiπoveratrole (257mg, 1 .60mmol) , 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (2.50mg, 1 .60mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1 .80mmol) to give the desired product (357mg) as a purple solid m.p. 104° MS m/z 266 (M+H)L
EXAMPLE 97
N4-(4-(4-Methylpiperazin-1-v0phenylVN2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)- 2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (1 10mg, 0.40mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniiine (66mg, 0.40mmol) to give the title compound (80mg) as a white solid m.p. 104°. MS m/z 451 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4-(4- methylpiperazin-1 -yl)aniline (51 1 mg, 2.67mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (398mg, 2.67 mmol) and triethylamine (I0.4ml, 2.94mmol) to give the desired product (1 10mg) as a white solid m.p. 122°. EXAMPLE 98
N4-(3.5-Dimethoxyphenvn-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine ( 150mg, 0.56mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (104mg, 0.56mmol) to give the title compound (162mg) as a white solid m.p. 180°. MS m/z 413 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 3,5-dimethoxy- aniline (257mg, 1.60mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (250mg, 1.60mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, LδOmmol) to give the desired product (237mg) as a white solid m.p. 225°. MS m/z 266 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 99
N4-(4-Morpholinophenv0-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenγl)-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-morpholinophenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (300mg, 1.03mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (189mg, 1.03mmol) to give the title compound (230mg) as a white solid m.p. 214°. MS m/z 438 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4-morpholino- aniline (285mg, 1.60mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (205mg, 1.60mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, LδOmmol) to give the desired product (322mg) as a white solid m.p. 221°. MS m/z 291 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 100
N4-(3-Trifluoromethoxyphenyn-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3-trifluoromethoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (230mg, 0.79mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (145mg, 0.79mmol) to give the title compound (220mg) as a white solid m.p. 154-156°. MS m/z 437 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 3-trifluoro- methoxyaniline (354mg, 2. Ommol) 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (218mg, 2.0mmol) and triethylamine (0.3ml, 2.20mmol) to give the desired product (240mg) as a white solid m.p. 161 -163°. MS m/z 290 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 101
N4-(2-Methylbenzimidazol-5-vπ-N2-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenylamino
2.4-pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(2-methylbenzimidazol-5-yl)-4-pyrimidineamine (250mg, 0.96mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniiine (176mg, 0.96mmol) to give the title compound (36mg) as a white solid m.p. 179°. MS m/z 407 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 5-amιno-2- methylbenzimidazole (2147mg, 1 .68mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidιne (250mg, 1 .68mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, LδOmmol) to give the desired product (344mg) as a pale pink solid m.p. >300°. MS m/z 260 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 102
N4-(4-(Dimethylamino)phenyl)-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenylamino)-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-(dimethylamino)phenyl)-4-pyhmidineamine (250mg,
LOmmol) and 2,3,4-trimethoxyaπiline (184mg, LOmmol) to give the title compound (127mg) as a grey solid m.p. 215°. MS m/z 396 (M+H)+.
The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from N,N-dιmethyl- 1 ,4-phenylenediamine (228mg, 1.6δmmol) 2,4-dichloroprιmιdιne (250mg,
1.68mol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, 1.80mmol) to give the desired product
(402mg) as a white solid m.p. 212°.
EXAMPLE 103 N4-(4-(Ethoxycarbonylmethynphenvn-N2-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)- 2.4-pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-ethoxycarbonylmethyl)phenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (1.74g, 5.97mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylaniline (1.09g, 5.97mmol) to give the title compound (1.01 g) as a white solid m.p. 143-144°. δ H (CDCI3) 8.04 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.32 (2H, d, J 8.6Hz), 7.26 (2H, d, J δ.6Hz), 7.01 (1 H, br s), 6.66 (2H, s), 6.64 (1 H, br s), 6.15 (1 H, d, J 5.δHz), 4.17 (2H, q, J 7.1 Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.61 (6H, s), 3.60 (2H, s) and 1.27 (3H, t, J 7.1 Hz). MS m/z 439 (M+H)+ The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from ethyl 4-amino- phenylacetate (1 .79g, 10. Ommol) 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (1 .49g, 10. Ommol) and triethylamine (2.6ml, 20mmol) to give the desired product (2.88g) as a white solid, m.p. 151 -152°.
EXAMPLE 104 N4-t4-Benzyloxyphenyh-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvπ-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine from N-(4-benzyloxyphenyl)-2-chloro-4-pyrimidineamine (25. Og, 80. Ommol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (14.7g, 80. Ommol) to give the title compound (18.6g) as a white solid m.p. 161 -164°. MS m/z 459 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4- benzyloxyaniiine (20. Og, 0.1 mol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (15.0g, 0.1 mol) and triethylamine (15.0ml, 0.11 mol) to give the desired product (30. Og) as a cream solid m.p. 198°. MS m/z 312 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 105
N4-(3-Ethoxyphenyl)-N2-(3.4.5-triemthoxyphenyn-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine from 2-chloro-N-(3-ethoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (125mg, 0.5mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (92mg, 0.5mmol) to give the title compound (157mg) as a white solid m.p. 79°. MS m/z 397 (M+H)+.
The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from meta- phenetidine (0.15ml, 1 .68mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (250mg, 1.68mmol) and triethylamine (0.25ml, LδOmmol) to give the desired product (125mg) as a cream solid m.p. 97°.
EXAMPLE 106
N4-(4-Benzyloxycarbonylmethylphenyl -N2-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-
2.4-pyrimidinediamine from N-(4-(benzyloxy-carbonylmethyl)phenyl)-2-chloro-4-pyrimidineamine (3.14g, 8.90mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (1.63g, 8.90mmol) to give the title compound (3,47g) as a white solid m.p. 141 -143°. δH (CDCI3) 8.04 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.36-7.24 (9H, m), 7.15 (1 H, br s), 6.86 (2H, s), 6.74 (1 H, br s), 6.15 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 5.15 (2H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.81 (6H, s) and 3.66 (2H, s). MS m/z 501 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from benzyl 4-amino- phenylacetate (4.82g, 20. Ommol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (2.9δg, 20. Ommol) and triethylamine (5.60ml, 40. Ommol) to give the desired product (3.24g) as a white solid m.p. 149° MS m/z 354 (M+H) +
EXAMPLE 107 N4-<4-Methoxyphenyl)-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine from 2-chloro-N-(4-methoxyphenyl)-4-pyπmιdιneamιne (315mg, 1.30mmol) and 3,4,5-tπmethoxyanιiιne (270mg, 1.50mmol) to give the title compound (470mg) as a white solid m.p.210° MS m/z 363 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from para-anisidme (616mg, 5 Ommol), 2,4-dιchloropyπmιdιne (745mg, 5. Ommol) and triethyl¬ amine (0 77ml, 5.5mmol) to give the desired compound (450mg) as a white solid m p. 250°.
EXAMPLE 108
N4-ι3-Benzyloxyphenyπ-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2.4-pyrimidine- amine from N-(3-benzyloxyphenyl)-2-chloro-4-pyπmιdιneamιne (2.0g, 6 4mmol) and 3,4,5-tπmethoxyanιlιne (1.1 δg, 6 4mmol) to give the title compound (2.60g) as a white solid m.p. 1 δ6° MS m/z 459 (M+H)+
The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 3-benzyloxy- anilme (5 Og, 25. Ommol), 2,4-dιchloropyrιmιdιne (3.7g, 25 Ommol) and triethylamine (3.δml, 27.5mmol) to give the desired compound (4.95g) as a white solid m.p. 1 19° MS m/z 312 (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 109
N4-π-Phenylsulphonylindol-5-yπ-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenyn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(1 -phenylsulphoπylιndol-5-yl)-4-pyrιmιdιneamιπe (1 09g, 2.70mmol) and 3,4,5-tπmethoxyanilιne (496mg, 2.70mmol) to give the title compound (950mg) as a white solid m.p. 127°. MSm/z 532 (M+H)+. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 5-amιno-1- phenylsulphonylmdole (LOg, 3.9mmol), 2,4-dιchloropyπmιdιne (577mg, 3.9mmol) and triethylamine (0.61 ml) to give the desired product (1 20g) as an orange solid m.p 156° MS m/z 335 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 110 N4-Cyclohexyl-N2-ι3.4.5-trimethoχyphenvn-2.4-pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-cyclohexylamino-4-pyrimidineamine (200mg, 0.9mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniiine (173mg, O.θmmol) to give the title compound (173mg) as a white solid m.p. 160-161 °. δ H (CDCI3) 7.91 (1 H, d, J 5.9Hz), 6.90 (1 H,s ), 6.67 (2H, s), 5.81 (1 H, d, J 5.9Hz), 4.63 (1 H, br s), 3.86 (6H, s), 3.81 (3H, s), 2.00 (2H, m), 1 .70 (4H, m) and 1 .25 (4H, m). MS m/z 359 (M+H)+ The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from cyclohexylamme (0.4ml, 3.4mmol), 2,4-dichloropyπmidine (500mg, 3.4mmol) and triethyl¬ amine (0.5ml, 3.7mmol) to give the desired product (270mg) as a white solid m.p. 128°. MS m/z 212 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 111 N4-(1 -Benzylpiperid-4-yh-N2-l3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvπ-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine from N-(1 -benzylpiperid-4-yl)-2-chloro-4-pyrιmidineamine (390mg, 1 .3mmol) and 3,4,5-trimethoxyaniline (236mg, 1 .3mmol) to give the title compound (126mg) as a white solid m.p. 147°. δH (CDCI3) 7.90 (1 H, d, _ 5.8Hz), 7.28 (5H, m), 6.94 (1 H, s), 6.86 (2H, s), 5.81 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz). 4 62 (1 H, br s), 3.65 (6H, s), 3.81 (3H, s), 3.53 (2H, s), 2.83 (2H, m), 2.16 (2H, m), 2.01 (2H, m) and 1 .52 (2H, m).
The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 4-amιno- 1 - benzyipiperidine (0.7ml, 3.4mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (500mg, 3.4mmol) and triethylamine (0.5ml, 3.7mmol) to give the desired product (650mg) as a white solid m.p. 136°. MS m/z 303 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 112 N4-Benzyl-N2-ι3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2.4-pyrimidinediamine from N-benzyl-2-chloro-4-pyrimidineamine (1 .5g, 6.83mmol) and 3,4,5- trimethoxyaniline (1 .31 g, 7.17mmol) to give the title compound (2.30g) as a white solid m.p. 167-168°. MS m/z 367 (M+H)+.
The pyrimidineanine starting material was prepared from benzylamine (3.67ml, 33.56mmol), 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (5.0g, 33.56mmol) and triethylamine (5.14ml, 36.9mmol) to give the desired product (4.21 g) as a white solid, m.p. 135-136°. MS m/z 220 (M+H)+. EXAMPLE 113
N2-l'3.4-Dimethoxy-5-(methylthio)phenyπ-N4-(3-methoxyphenyn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3-methoxy-phenyl)-4-pyrimidineamιne (0.59g, 2.51 mmol) [see Example 92] and 3,4-dimethoxy-5-(methylthio)aniline (0.50g, 2.51 mmol) to give the title compound (0.91 g) as a white solid m.p. 68-70°. δH (CDCI3) 8.02 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.40 (1 H, br, s), 7.26 (1 H, m), 7.08 (1 H, d, J 2.2Hz), 6.90 (4H, m), 6.6δ (1 H, dd, J 8.2, 2.2Hz), 6.20 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.79 (3H, s), 3.77 (3H, s) and 2.35 (3H, s), MS m/z 399 (M+H)+.
The aniline starting material was prepared by treating a solution of 1 ,2- dιmethoxy-3-(methylsulphιnyl)-5-nιtrobenzene ( 1 .64g , 6.69mmol) in methanol (20ml) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (20ml) was treated with anhydrous tin (II) chloride (7.15g, 37.7mmol) and the resulting mixture refluxed for 1 .25h. On cooling to room temperature the mixture was poured into excess 1 M NaOH solution and extracted with CH CI2. The organic extract was dried (MgSθ ) and evaporated to afford the desired product (1 .33g) as an off-white solid m.p. 106-107°. MS m/z 199 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 114
N2-(3.4-Dimethoxy-5-methylphenyl)-N4-(3-methoxyphenyπ-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3-methoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine ( 1 .93g) [see Example 92] and 3,4-dimethoxy-5-methylaniline ( 1 .50g) to give the title compound (2.53α) as a pale pink solid m.p. 66-68°. δH (CDCI3) 8.02 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.39 (1 H, br s), 7.23 (1 H, t, J 8.1 Hz), 7.08 (1 H, m), 7.05 (1 H, br s), 6.97-6.91 (2H, m), 6.86 (1 H, d, J 2.0Hz), 6.69-6.65 (1 H, m), 6.18 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 3.77 (3H, s), 3.75 (6H, s) and 2.22 (3H, s). MS m/z 367 (M+H)+.
The aniline used as starting material was prepared according to the methods of I Sanchezet a/ : Tetrahedron 41, 2355 (1965). EXAMPLE 115
N2-f3.4-DimethoxyDhenvn-N4-(3-methoχyphenγl)-914- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3-methoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimidineamine (0.77g, 3.27mmol) [see Example 92] and 3,4-dimethoxyaniline (0.50g, 3.27mmol) to give the title compound (0.89g) as a beige solid m.p. 135-138°. δH (CDCI3) δ.03 (1 H, d, J 5.3Hz), 7.22 (2H, m), 7.13 (1 H, br s), 7.02 (1 H, dd, J 8.6, 2.3Hz), 6.97 (1 H, m), 6.92 (1 H, m), 6.82 (1 H, d, J 87.6Hz), 6.77 (1 H, br s), 6.66 (1 H, dd, J 8.2, 2.3Hz), 6.18 (1 H, d, J 5.δHz), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.83 (3H, s) and 3.77 (3H, s). MS m/z 353 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 116
N2-13-Chloro-4.5-dimethoxyphenvn-N4-(3-methoχyphenyl)-214- pyrimidinediamine hydrochloride from 2-chloro-N-(3-methoxyphenyl)-4-pyrimιdineamine (0.50g, 2.13mmol) [see Example 92] and 3-chloro-4,5-dimethoxyaniline (0.40g, 2.13mmol) to give the title compound (0.55g) as a white soid m.p. 204-205°. δH (d6 DMSO) 1 1 .19 (1 H, br s), 10.85 (1 H, br s), 6.00 (1 H, d, J 7.1 Hz), 7.23 (4H, m), 7.12 (1 H, d, J 4.4Hz), 6.75 (1 H, m), 6.59 (1 H, d, J 7.1 Hz), 3.74 (3H, s), 3.69 (3H, s) and 3.65 (3H, s). MS m/z 387 (M+H)+.
The aniline starting material was prepared in a similar manner to the analogous aniline of Example 1 13, from 1 -chloro-2,3-dimethoxy-5- nitrobenzene (1 .08g, 5.δ2mmol), to give the desired product (0.85g) as a white solid m.p. 66-68°. MS m/z 188 (M+H).+ The 1 -chloro-2,3-dimethoxy-5-nitrobenzene was prepared by heating a solution of 3-chioro-4,5-dimethoxybenzoic acid (3.50g, 16.2mmol) in glacial acetic acid (15ml) and 70% nitric acid (15ml) at 60° for i h. The reaction was poured onto ice-water and the white precipitate which formed was filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo and washed thoroughly with hexane. The hexane washings were evaporated and the residue subjected to column chromatography [silica 20% ethyl acetate- hexane] to give the desired product (1 .03g) as a white solid m.p. 104- 105°. MS m/z 217 (M+H)+. The acid used as starting material was prepared according to the method of Y. Qhtani et al. Acta. Chem. Scand., Ser B. B36, 613 (1982). EXAMPLE 117
N2-(3-Benzyloxy-4.5-dimethoxyphenγlVN4-(3-methoχyphenγl)-2.4- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3-methoxyphenyl)-4-pyπmιdιneamιne (162mg, 0.69mmol) [see Example 92] and 3-benzyloxy-4,5-dιmethoxyanιlιne (180mg, 0.69mmol) to afford the title compound (255mg) as an off-white solid m.p. 83-84°. δH (CDCI3) 8.01 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.45-7.22 (6H, m), 6.95 (3H, m), 6.90 (1 H, d, J 7.6Hz), 6.79 (1 H, d, J 2.4Hz), 6.66 (1 H, d, J 7.6Hz), 6.4δ (1 H, s), 6.17 (1 H, d, J 5.δHz), 5.1 1 (2H, s), 3.86 (3H, s), 3.82 (3H, s) and 3.78 (3H, s). MS m/z 369 (M+H)+.
The 3-benzyloxy-4,5-dιmethoxyanιlιne was prepared by heating a solution of 1 -benzyloxy-2,3-dιmethoxy-5-nιtrobenzene (1 .80g, 6.23mmol) in ethanol (15ml) with saturated aqueous sodium hydrosulphite (20ml) at reflux for 2h. An additional quantity of sodium hydrosulphite (20ml) was added and reflux continued for a further 4h. The reaction mixture was reduced to a small volume then diluted with water and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried (MgSθ4) and evaporated to give the crude product which was recrystallised from ether- hexane to give the desired product (356mg) as a white crystalline solid m.p. 118-120°. MS m/z 260 (M+H)+.
The 1 -benzyloxy-2,3-dιmethoxy-5-nιtrobenzene used as starting material was prepared by treating a solution of 1 -benzoyl-2,3-dιmethoxybenzene (7.25g, 29.66mmol) in glacial acetic acid (15ml) portionwise with 70% nitric acid (2.84ml) at room temperature. After 2h, the reaction mixture was poured into ice-water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with 1 M NaOH, then brine, dried (MgSθ4) and evaporated. The crude product was purified by column chromatography [silica 20% ethyl acetate-hexane] to give, after recrystallisation from CH2CI2-hexane, the desired product (1.89g) as a white solid m.p. 101 -102°. MS m/z (relative intensity) 239 [(M+H)+, 2%] 91 [100%].
1 -Benzyloxy-2,3-dimethoxybenzene was prepared by the method of F Dietl et al Synthesis, 626 (1965). EXAMPLE 118
N2-t3-Acetamido-4.5-dimethoχyphenvh-N4-(3-mβthoxyphenyn214- pyrimidinediamine from 2-chloro-N-(3-methoxyphenyl)-4-pyrιmidιneamine (0.81 g, 3.43mmol) [see Example 92] and 3-acetamιdo-4,5-dιmethoxyaniline (0.70g, 3.43mmol) to give the title compound (573mg) as an off-white solid m.p. 195-197°. δH (d6 DMSO) 9.26 (1 H, s) 9.10 (1 H, s), 9.01 (1 H, s), 7.97 (1 H, d, J 5.7Hz), 7.74 (1 H, s), 7.46-7.25 (3H, m), 7.15 (1 H, t, J 8 1 Hz), 6.54 (1 H, d, J 8.1 Hz), 6.18 (1 H, d, J 5.7Hz), 3.67 (9H, m) and 2.06 (3H, s) MS m/z 410 (M+H)L
The 3-acetamιdo-4,5-dιmethoxyanιlιne was prepared in an analogous manner to the compound of Example 38, from 1 -acetamιdo-2,3- dιmethoxy-5-nιtrobenzene (1.65g, 6.δδmmol) to afford the desired product (1.37g) as a brown solid m.p. 156-160° MS m/z 211 (M+H)+. The 1 -acetamιdo-2,3-dιmethoxy-5-nιtrobenzene was prepared in an analogous manner to the nitrobenzene of Example 117 from 1 -acetamιdo- 2,3-dιmethoxybenzene (1.91 g, 9.6mmol) to give the desired product (1.70g) as a white solid m.p. 63°. MS m/z 241 (M+H)+. The 1 -acetamιdo-2,3-dιmethoxybenzene was prepared by treating a solution of 2,3-dιmethoxyanιlιne (1.70g, 1 1.1 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (25ml) with methanol (0.2ml) followed by acetic anhydride (3.67g, 36. Ommol) and heating the resulting mixture at reflux for 1 h The cooled reaction mixture was diluted with CH2CI2, washed with water, dried (MgSθ4) and evaporated to give the desired product (2.1 1 g) as a beige solid m.p. 164-165°. MSm/z 196 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 119 5-Bromo-N2.N4-Bis(trimethoxyphenyπ-2.4-pyrimidinediamine from 5-bromo-2-chloro-N-(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyl)-4-pyrιmιdιneamιne (936mg, 2.5mmol) and 3,4,5-tπmethoxyaniiιne (459mg, 2.5mmol) to give the title compound (160mg) as a white solid m.p. 166-191°. δH (CDCI3) 8.16 (1 H, s), 7.45 (1 H, br s), 6.98 (1 H, br s), 6.77 (2H, s), 6.74 (2H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.71 (6H, s), 3.66 (6H, s), MS m/z 523 [(M+H)+, 8 Br,100%] 521 [(M+H)+, 9Br, 100%]. The pyrimidineamine starting material was prepared from 5-bromo-2,4- dichloropyπmidine (1.14g, 5. Ommol), 3,4,5-trιmethoxyanιlιne (916mg, 5. Ommol) and triethylamine (0.77ml, 5.5mmol) following the method used for the pyrimidineamine starting material in Example 89. This gave the desired compound as a white solid (1 .71 g) m.p. 185-166°. MS m/z 378 [(M+H)+, 22%], 376 [(M+H)+, 100%], 374 [(M+H)+, 78%].
EXAMPLE 120
N4- 4-Hvdroxyphenvπ-N2-l'3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine
In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 49 from the compound of Example 104 (3.0g, 6.55mmol), ammonium formate (1 .20g, 19.60mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (300mg) to give the title compound (2.40q) as a white solid m.p. 1 12-1 15°. δH (CDCI3) 7/96 )1 H. d, J 5.9Hz), 7.16 (2H, d, J_8.7Hz), 7.06 (1 H, s), 6.83 (1 H, s), 6.80 (3H, m), 6.68 (1 H, s), 6.01 (1 H, d, J 5.9Hz), 3.79 (3H, s) and 3.78 (6H, s). MS m/z 369 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 121
N4-ι4-(3-Aminopropoxy)phenv0-N2-('3.4.5-trimethoxyphenγl)-2.4- pyrimidinediamine dihydrochloride In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 48 from N4-(4-(3-phthalιmιdopropoxy)phenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenyl)- 2,4-pyπmιdιnedιamιne (400mg, 0.72mmol) and hydrazine monohydrate (0.1 ml, 2.16mmol) to give the title compound (108mg) as a buff solid m.p. 258°. δH (d6 DMSO) 1 1 .04 (1 H, s), 10.54 (1 H, s), 8.06 (3H, s), 7.91 (1 H, d, J 7.3Hz), 7.55 (2H, m), 6.86 (2H, d, J 6.7Hz), 6.78 (2H, s), 6.49 (1 H, s), 4.03 (2H, m), 3.65 (9H, s), 2.94 (2H, m) and 2.02 (2H, m). MS m/z 426 (M+H)+.
The pyπmidinediemine starting material was prepared according to the method of Example 45 from the compound of Example 120 and 3- bromopropylphthalim.de EXAMPLE 122
N4-ι4-(Carboxymethvnphenyn-N2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine The compound of Example 1 03 (250mg, 0.57mmol) in a solution of ethanol (10ml) containing 6N aqueous NaOH (2.0ml) was heated a reflux for 2h. On cooling the ethanol was removed under reduced pressure and the basic solution brought to pH 5 with 2M hydrochloπc acid. The resulting solution was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue taken up in hot ethanol (20mi). This solution was filtered and the filtrate evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue which was crystalised from ethanol to give the title compound (89mg) as a white solid m.p. 144-150°. MS m/z 411 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 123 N4-(4-(ferf-Butoxycarbonylmethoxy)phenvh-N2-ι3.4.5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2.4-pyrimidinediamine
In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 50, from the compound of Example 120 (500mg, 1 40mmol), rert-butyl bromoacetate (0.2ml, 1 40mmol) and NaH (60% dispersion in oil) (60ml, 1.50mmol) to give the title compound (380mg) as a green solid m p 139° MS m/z 4δ3 (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 124 N4-(4-(2-Hvdroxyethvnphenvn-N2-f3.4.5-trimethoχyphenvn-2.4- pyrimidinediamine
In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 62 (267mg, 0.5mmol) from the compound of Example 106 and L1AIH4 (40mg, 1 1 mmol) to give the title compound (10δmg) as a light pink solid m p 172°. MS m/z 397 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 125
N4-f4-<,Carboxymethoxy)phenyl)-N2-t'3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvπ-2.4- pyrimidinediamine
A solution of the compound of Example 123 (300mg, 0.62mmol) in CH CI2 (20ml) was treated with trifluoroacetic acid (3.0ml) and stirred at room temperature for 5h After this time the reaction was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown oil, which was subjected to column chromatography [silica CH2CI /methanol/acetιc acid/water 86.5:10:2.1.5] to give the title compound (123mg) as a white solid m.p. 159° after recrystallisation from methanol. MS m/z 427 (M+H)+ EXAMPLE 126 4-Phenoxy-N2-.'3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyn-2-pγrimidineamine
2-Methylsulphonyl-4-phenoxypyrιmιdine (0.76g, 3.04mmol) and 3,4,5- trimethoxyaniiine (0.56g, 4. Ommol) were heated as a melt at 140° for 2h. On cooling the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (50ml) and 2M hydrochloric acid (50ml), and the organic Iayer was washed with water (50ml), dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica 20% ethyl acetate-hexane] to give the title compound (18mg) as a white solid m.p. 149° after recrystallisation from ethyl acetate. δH (CDCI3) 6.26 (1 H, d, J 5.6Hz), 7.39 (2H, m), 7.26 (1 H,m), 7.16-7.15 (2H, m), 6.73 (2H, s), 6.31 (1 H, d, J 5.6Hz), 3.77 (3H, s) and 3.64 (6H, s) MS m/z 354 (M+H)+. The pyrimidine used as starting material was prepared by the addition of 50% 3-chloroperoxybenzoιc acid (15.19g, βδ. Ommol) to a solution of 4- phenoxy-2-thιomethylpyrιmιdιne (5.0g, 22.9mmol) in CH CI2 (100ml) at 0°. The resulting mixture was allowed to rise to room temperature over 12h, and was then washed with 2M aqueous NaOH (2x100ml), saturated aqueous sodium sulphite (2x100ml), dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to column chromatography to give the desired product (0.61 g) as a colourless oil δH (CDCI3) 8.49 (1 H, d, J 5.5Hz), 7.45 (2H, t, J 8.0Hz), 7.33-7.26 (1 H, m), 7.19-7.16 (2H, m), 6.85 (1 H, d, J 5.5Hz) and 3.23 (3H, s). The 4-phenoxy-2-thιomethyipyrιmιdιne used as starting material was prepared by heating a solution of 4-fluoro-2-thιomethylpyπdιne [N. Pie et a/., J. Het. Chem. 31, 131 1-1315 (1994)] (9.98g, 69.3mmol) and phenol (6.58g, 70. Ommol) in dry DMF (100ml) in the presence of caesium carbonate (22. δg, 70. Ommol) at 40° for 6h. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (100ml) and water (100ml). The organic Iayer was dried (MgSθ4), concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to column chromatography [silica 40% ethyl acetate-hexane] to give the desired product (7.01 g) as a colourless oil. δH (CDCI3) 8.33 (1 H, dd, J 4.7, 0.9Hz), 7.40 (2H, dd, 8.0, 1 .1 Hz), 7.26 (1 H, m), 7.23 (2H, m), 6.46 (1 H, dd, J 4.7, 0.9Hz) and 2.37 (3H, s). MS m/z 219 (M+H)L EXAMPLE 127 N.N'-Bisι3.4.5-Trimethoxyphenvn-2.4-pyrimidinediamine
A solution of 2,4-dichloropyrimidine ( LOg, 6.7mmol) , 3,4,5- trimethoxyaniline (2.5g, 13.4mmol) and triethylamnine (1.8ml, 12.6mmol) was heated at reflux for 5h. On cooling the resulting precipitate was collected and recrystallised from ethyl acetate to give the title compound (450mg) as a purple solid m.p. 180°. MS m/z 443 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 128 4-Benzoyl-N-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenvn-2-pγrimidineamine
To a solution of N-methoxy-N-methyl-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylamino)- pyrimidine-4-carboxamide (0.82g, 2.30mmol) in THF (40ml) cooled to -7δ° under a nitrogen atmosphere was added phenylmagπesium bromide [Aldrich 1 M/THF] (6.90ml, 6.90mmol) dropwise. On completion of addition the reaction was left to warm to room temperature over 3h and aqueous NH4CI solution (10ml) was then added and the mixture concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was partitioned between water (20ml) and ethyl acetate (40ml), the organic Iayer dried (MgS0 ) and evaporated. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica 50% hexane-ethyl acetate] and after recrystallisation from ethyl acetate- hexane the title compound (123mg) was obtained as a yellow solid m.p 135°. δH (CDCI3) 6.65 (1 H, d, J 4.8Hz), 8.05 (2H, dd, J 5.1 , 2.0Hz), 7.61 (1 H, dd, J 5.3, 2.0Hz), 7.46 (2H, m), 7.24 (1 H, d, J 4.8Hz), 3.79 (3H, s) and 3.63 (6H, s). MS m/z 366 (M+H)L The pyrimidine-4-carboxamide used as starting material was prepared by treating a solution of 4-carboxy-N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidine- amine hydrochloride (2.0g, 5.86mmol) and triethylamine (2.0ml, 14.0mmol) in CH2CI2 (40ml), cooled to -20° under a nitrogen atmosphere, with isobutylchloroformate (1.1 ml, 7.0mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred for 20min. before N.O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (683mg, 7.0mmol) and triethylamine (1.0ml, 7.0mmol) were added and the reaction allowed to warm to room temperature over 3h. After washing with 2M hydrochloric acid (1 x50ml) and 2M NaOH solution (1 x50ml), the reaction was dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica ethyl acetate] to give the desired product (1.02g), as a yellow oil. δH (CDCI3) 8.51 (1 H, d, J 4.9Hz), 7.21 (1 H, br s), 6.92 (3H, br s), 3.86 (6H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.69 (3H, br s) and 3.36 (3H, s). MS m/z 349 (M+H)+
The 4-carboxy-N-(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrιmιdιneamιne hydro¬ chloride was prepared by heating a solution of 4-cyano-N-(3,4,5- tπmethoxyphenyl)-N-pyπmιdιneamιne (2.86g, 10 49mmol) in aqueous 2N NaOH (60ml) and ethanol (10ml) at reflux for 3h. On cooling the reaction mixtrure was adjusted to pH 3 with 2M hydrochloric acid, and the resulting precipitate collected and dried to give the desired product (2.7g) as an orange solid m.p. 241 °. MS m/z 306 (M+H)+. The 4-cyano-N-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenyl)-2-pyπmιdιneamιne was prepared by heating a solution of 2-chloro-4-cyanopyπmιdιne [G. Davies et al. J. Het. Chem. 1, 130-133, (1963)] (1 1 . Og, 76.6mmol), 3,4,5-tπmethoxy aniline (14 4g, 79.4mmol) and triethylamine (12.0ml) in ethanol at reflux for 4h. On cooling the resulting precipitate was collected and dried to give the desired product (1 3.70 g) as a yellow solid m p. 1 65° MS m/z 287 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 129 N-Phenyl-2-f3.4.5-trimethoχyphenylamino^pyrimidine-4-carboxamide In a manner analogous to the preparation of the pyπmιdιne-4-carbox amide intermediate of Example 1 28, from 4-carboxy-N-(3,4,5- tπmethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrιmιdιneamιne hydrochloride ( LOg, 2.92mmol), isobutylchloroformate (0.4ml, 3 07mmol), aniline (0.28ml, 3 07mmol) and triethylamine (1 .22ml, 8.76mmol) to give the title compound (655mg) as a yellow solid m.p 1 58-159°. δH (CDCI3) 9.66 (1 H, br s), 8.67 (1 H, d, J 4.9Hz), 7.71 -7.67 (2H, m), 7.58 (1 H, d, J 4.9Hz), 7.40-7.34 (3H, m), 7.19- 7.14 (1 H, m), 6.8δ (2H, s), 3.87 (6H, s) and 3.86 (3H, s). MS m/z 381 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 130
4-Phenylsulphonamido-N2-t3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidine- amine
A solution of 2-chloro-4-phenylsulphonamιdopyrιmιdιne (250mg ,
0.93mmol) and 3,4,5-trιmethoxyanilιne ( 1 87mg , 1 02mmol) in ethoxyethanol (5ml) was heated at 140° for 12h. After this time the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate (10ml) and water (10ml). The organic Iayer was washed with water (2x25ml), dried (MgS04) and evaporated and the resulting solid subjected to column chromatography [silica-ethyl acetate] to give the title compound (187mg) as a buff solid, m.p. 222-223°. δH (CDCI3) 8.11 (1 H, d, J 5.9Hz), 7.92 (3H, m), 7.57 (1 H, m), 7.50 (3H, m), 6.80 (2H, s), 6.66 (1 H, d, J 5.9Hz), 3.81 (6H, s) and 3.21 (3H, s). MS m/z 417 (M+H)+.
The 2-chloro-4-phenylsulphonamidopyrιmidine was prepared by heating 2,4-dichloropyrimidine (1.42g, 9.5mmol), benzenesulphonamide (4.5g, 29. Ommol) and potassium, carbonate (3.3g, 24.0mmol) in DMA (25ml) for 0.75h). The reaction was cooled to 5°, water (20ml) added, and adjusted to pH2.5 with 2M HCl. The resulting precipitate was collected to give the desired product (1.8g) as a light yellow solid m.p. 164° MS m/z 270 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 131
N4-(.-erf-Butoxycarbonyπ-N2-t'3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine
To a solution of diphenylphosphorylazide (0.92ml, 4.3mmol) in tert-butyl alcohol (10ml), was added triethylamine (1 ,2ml, 8.5mmol) and 4-carboxy- N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrιmidιneamιne (LOg, 2.9mmoi), [see Example 121] and the mixture heated at reflux for 2h. After this time the solvent was evaporated and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate (100ml) and water (100ml). The organic Iayer was washed with water (100ml), dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated under reduced pressure. Column chromatography [silica 2% methanol CH2CI2] gave the title compound (850mg) as a light yellow solid m.p. 124°. δH (CDCI3) δ.27 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.45 (1 H, br s), 7.32 (1 H, d, J 5.8Hz), 7.20 (1 H, br s), 6.81 (2H, s), 3.85 (6H, s), 3.81 (3H, s) and 1.53 (9H, s). MS m/z 377 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 132
4-Phenylcarboxamido-N-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvh-2-pyrimidineamine In a manner analogous to the proparation of the pyrimidine-4-caboxamιde intermediate of Example 128, from benzoic acid (66mg, 0.54mmol), isobutylchloroformate (0.078ml, 0.6mmol) N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)- 2,4-pyrimidιnediamine (150mg, 0.54mmol) to give the title compound (30mg) as a white solid m.p. 88-89°. δH (CDCI3) β.39 (1 H, d, J 5.6Hz), 8.32 (1 H, br s), 7.89-7.85 (2H, m), 7.74 (1 H, d, J 5.6Hz), 7.64-6.50 (3H,m), 6.99 (1 H, br s), 6.85 (2H, s), 3.88 (6H, s) and 3.84 (3H, s). MS m/z 381 (M+H)+. The N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine used as starting material was prepared by treating a solution of the compound of Example 131 (600mg, 1 .6mmol) in methanol (10ml) with 2M hydrochloric acid (10ml), which was then heated at reflux for 2h. On cooling the methanol was evaporated and the aqueous solution adjusted to pH 12 with 2N aqueous NaOH. The basic solution was extracted with CH2CI2 (3x30ml), then the combined organic extracts were washed with saturated brine (1 x20ml), dried (MgS04) and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired product (340mg) as a light yelllow solid m.p. 89°. MS m/z 277 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 133
N2-(3.4-Dimethoxy-5-hydroxy -N4-f3-methoxyphenvh-2.4-pyrimidine- diamine
In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 49, from the compound of Example 1 17 (200mg, 0.44mmol) to give the title compound (109mq) as a white solid m.p. 94-97°. δH (d6 DMSO) 9.24 (1 H, s), 8.86 (1 H, s), 8.84 (1 H, s), 7.97 (1 H, d, J 6.0Hz), 7.32 (1 H, d, J 9.2Hz), 7.26 (1 H, s), 7.17 (1 H, t, J 8.1 Hz), 6.89 (2H, m), 6.54 (1 H, d, J 8.3Hz), 6.17 (1 H, d, J 5.7Hz), 5.73 (3H, s), 5.69 (3H, s) and 3.63 (3H, s).
The compound of Examples 134-137 were prepared in a similar manner to the compound of Example 1 from the starting materials shown: EXAMPLE 134 5-Methoxy-4-phenyl-N-(3.4.5-trimethoχyphenvπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylguanidine nitrate (1 .43g, 5. Ommol), 3- dimethylamino-2-methoxy-1 -phenyl-2-propen-1 -one (1 .03g, 5. Ommol) and NaOH (220mg) to give the title compound (200mg) as straw coloured crystals m.p. 166-170°. δH (d<5 DMSO) 9.36 (1 H, br s), 8.47 (1 H, s), 8.09 (2H, m), 7.48 (3H, s), 7.26 (2H, s), 3.88 (3H, s), 3.75 (6H, s) and 3.59 (3H, s). MS m/z 368 (M+H)+. The 3-dimethylamino-2-methoxy-1 -phenyl-2-propen-1 -one was prepared in a similar manner to the analogous starting material of Example 61 , from 2-methoxyacetophenone (4.51 g, 30. Ommol) to give the desired product (5.30g) as an orange oil. MS m/z 206 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 135
4-Phenyl-5-thiomethyl-N-f3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylguanidine nitrate ( 1 .43g, 5. Ommol), 3- dimethylamino-1 -phenyl-2-thiomethyl-2-propen-1 -one (1 .1 1 g, 5. Ommol) and NaOH (220mg, 5.5mmol) to give the title compound (79.8mg) as light yellow crystals m.p. 143°. δH (CDCI3) 8.52 (1 H, s), 7.88-7.85 (2H, m), 7.49 (3H, m), 7.16 (1 H, br s), 7.02 (2H, s), 3.86 (6H, s), 3.82 (3H, s) and 2.26 (3H, s). MS m/z 384 (M+H)+. The 3-dimethylamino-1 -phenyl-2-thiomethyl-2-propen-1 -one was prepared in a similar manner to the analogous starting material of Example 61 , from 2-thiomethylacetophenone (4.28g, 25.7mmol) to give the desired product (3.41 g) as an orange oil. δH (CDCI3) 7.49-7.47 (2H, m), 7.46 (1 H, s) , 7.41 -7.34 (3H, s), 3.27 (6H, s) and 2.12 (3H, s) MS m/z 222 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 136
5-Nitro-4-phenyl-N-ι3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvπ-2-pyrimidineamine from 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenylguanidine nitrate (1 .14g, 4. Ommol) , 3- dimethylamino-2-nitro-1 -phenyl-2-propen-1 -one (0.δ8g, 4. Ommol) and NaOH (176mg, 4.4mmol) to give the title compound (1 .33g) as an orange powder m.p. 186-169°. δH (d^ DMSO) 10.60 (1 H, br s), 9.16 (1 H, s), 7.61 (2H, m), 7.56-7.46 (3H, m), 7.25 (2H, br s), 3.74 (6H, s) and 3.63 (3H, s). MS m/z 383 (M+H)+.
The 3-dimethylamino-2-nitro-1 -phenyl-2-propen-1 -one was prepared in a similar manner to the analogous starting material of Example 61 from benzoylnitromethane (4.12g, 25. Ommol) to give the desired product (1 .27g) as yellow crystals m.p. 103-105°. MS m/z 243 [(M+Na)+, 70%] 221 [(M+H)+, 100%]. EXAMPLE 137
5-Ethoxycarbonyl-4-phenyl-N-('3.4.5-trimethoxypheny0-2-pyrimidine- amine from 3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenylguanιdιne nitrate (2.86g, 1 0. Ommol), 3- dιmethylamιno-2-ethoxycarbonyl- 1 -phenyl-2-propen- 1 -one (2.47g, 10. Ommol) and NaOH (440mg, 1 LOmmol) to give the title compound (3.10g) as straw coloured crystals m.p 160-161 °. δH (d6 DMSO) 10.12 (1 H, br s), 8.67 (1 H, s), 7.59 (2H, m), 7.50-7 45 (3H, m), 7.28 (2H, s), 4 1 1 (2H, q J 7.1 Hz), 3.74 (6H, s), 3.61 (3H, s) and 1 06 (3H, t, J 7 1 Hz). The 3-dιmethylamιno-2-ethoxycarbonyl-1 -phenyl-2-propen-1 -oπe was prepared in a similar manner to the analogous starting material of Example 61 , from ethylbenzoylacetate (5 77g, 30. Ommol) to give the desired product (6.01 g) as a yellow solid m p. 64-65° MS m/z 248 (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 138
5-Amino-4-phenyl-N-ι3.4.5-trimethoχyphenv0-2-pyrimidineamine In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 38, from the compound of Example 136 (500mg, 1 32mmol) to give the title compound (260mg) as a yellow solid m.p 149-150°. δH (CDCI3) 8.09 (1 H, s), 7.87-7.64 (2H, m), 7.51 -7.47 (3H, m), 7 00 (2H, s), 6.87 (1 H, br s), 3.86 (6H, s), 3.81 (3H, s) and 3.52 (2H, br s) MS m/z 353 (M+H)+
EXAMPLE 139 4-Phenylsulphanyl-N-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenvn-2-pyrimidineamine
In a manner analogous to the preparation of the compound of Example 89, from 2-chloro-4-phenyl-sulphanylpyπmιdιne (1 .41 g, 6.35mmol) and 3,4,5- tπmethoxyphenylaniline (1 .16g, 6.35mmol) to give the title compound (1.43g) as an off-white solid m.p. 1 10°. δH (CDCI3) 8.04 (1 H, d, J 5 4Hz), 7.59 (2H,m), 7.47 (3H, m), 7.22 (1 H, br s), 6.88 (2H, s), 6.18 (1 H, d, J 5.4Hz), 3.83 (6H, s) and 3.81 (3H, s). MS m/z 370 (M+H)+. The 2-chloro-4-phenylsulphanylpyπmιdιne was prepared by treating a solution of thiophenol (4.7ml, 45.4mmoi) in THF (30ml) at 0°, with a 1 .0M solution of sodium bιs(tπmethylsilyl)amιde in THF (45.4ml) and the mixture stirred for 0.5h After a thick white precipitate had formed, 2,4- dichloropyπmidine (6.83g, 45.4mmol) and DMA (70ml) were added and the mixture heated at 120° for 2h. The reaction was then concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between wat er and ethyl acetate. The aqueous Iayer was further extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic layers were dried (MgS04) and evaporated. The residue was subjected to column chromatography (silica 20% ethyl acetate-hexane) to give the desired product (2.66g) as a white solid δH 8.17 (1 H, d, J 5.5Hz), 7.59 (2H, m), 7.53 (3H, m) and 6.62 (1 H, d, J 5.5Hz). MS m/z 223 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 140
N-(4-(2-(3.4.5-Trimethoxyphenylamino)pyrimidin-4-vn-2-aminQ- acetamide
A solution of N-(4-(2-(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenylamιno)pyπmιdιn-4-yl)phenyl)- 2-N-(9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl)amιnoacetamιde (210mg, 0 33mmol) and piperidine (0.5ml, 5mmol) in DMF (2.5ml) was stirred at room temperature for 0.5h. The sovlent was evaporated and the residue triturated with hot ethyl acetate to give the title compound (25mg) as an off-white solid m.p. 213°. δH (d6 DMSO) 9.47 (1 H, s), 8 49 (1 H, d, J 5.4Hz), 8.1 1 (2H, d, J 8.3Hz), 7.75 (2H, d, J 8 2Hz), 7.29 (3H,m), 3 80 (6H, s) and 3.61 (3H, s). MS m/z 410 (M+H)+.
The starting material for the above process was obtained by treating a solution of the compound of Example 39 (250mg, 0.71 mmol) in CH2CI2 (10ml) with N-FMOCglycyl chloride (337mg, 1 07mmol) and 5% aqueous Na2C03 solution (8ml). After the mixture had been stirred for 1 h at room temperature, the aqueous phase was discarded and the organic Iayer dried (MgS04) and evaporated. The residue was subjected to column chromatography [silica 10% methanol-CH2CI2] to give the desired product (235mg) as an off-white solid, m.p. 102° (decomp.). δH (d6 DMSO) 10.23 (1 H, s), 9.48 (1 H, s), 8.4δ (1 H, d, J 5.1 Hz), 8.15 (2H, d, J 8.3Hz), 7.68 (2H, d, J 7.3Hz), 7.73 (4H, m), 7.64 (1 H, m), 7.43-7.30 (7H, m), 4.34- 4.20 (3H, m), 3.79 (8H, m) and 3.62 (3H, s).
EXAMPLE 141
6-Methyl-4-phenoxy-N- 3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyl)pyri idine-2-aminP 4-Chloro-6-methyl-N-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenyl)pyrιmιdιne-2-amιne (0 30g, 0.97mmol) was added to a solution of sodium phenoxide (0.97mmol) [prepared from phenol (0.091 g, 0.97mmol) and NaH (60% in mineral oil; 0.039g, 0.97mmol)], and heated to 80° for 17h with stirring. Water was added and the mixture was extracted with CH2CH (2x30ml), the organic phases were dried (MgSθ4) and evaporated to a yellow oil. The residue was subjected to chromatography (silica, 2% methanol/CH2CH2 ) to give the title compound (0.046g). A portion was recrystallised from methanol to give an off white crystalline solid m.p. 175°. δ\-\ (CDCI3) 2.38 (3H, s), 3.64 (6H, s), 3.77 (3H, s), 6.19 (1 H, s), 6.78 (2H, s), 6.95 (1 H, s), 7.15 (2H, d, J 7.5Hz), 7.23 (1 H, m) and 7.39 (2H, t, J 7.5Hz).
The am e starting material for this reaction was prepared from the following: 4-Chloro-6-methyl-N-ι3.4.5-trimethoxyphenyhpyrimidine-2-amine (b)
6-Methyl-2-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenylamιno)-4(3H)pyrιmιdιnone ( LOg , 3.63mmol) was dissolved in phosphoryl chloride and heated to 100° for 2 h The mixture was cooled to room temperature and evaporated in vacuo to a viscous oil The oil was dissolved in CH2CH2 (50ml) and washed twice with saturated aqueous NaHCθ3, the organic phases dried (MgSθ4) and concentrated in vacuo The residue was subjected to column chromatography (silica, 2% methanol/CH CH2) to afford the title c o m p o u n d as an off white solid ( 1 .03g) A small amount was recrystallised from ethyl acetate to give fine off-white needles m.p 1 95- 196° δH (CDCI3) 2.40 (3H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.68 (6H, s), 6.64 (1 H, s), 6.95 (2H, s), and 7.07 (1 H, br s).
The pyπmidinone starting material for this reaction was prepared as follows:
6-Methyl-2-(3.4.5-trimethoxyphenylamino)-4-(3H)pyrimidinone
To a solution of sodium methoxide (0.96g, 1 .79mmol) in methanol was added ethyl-3-oxo-butanoate (0.23g, 1 .79mmol) and 3,4,5-trιmethoxy- phenylguanidinium nitrate (0.5g, 1 .79mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 17h The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and evaporated in vacuo to give a dark grey solid. Recrystallisation from ethanol gave the title compound (0.25g, 49%) as a light grey solid, m.p. 228-230° (dec) δH (d^DMSO) 2.12 (3H, s), 3.61 (3H, s), 3.74 (6H, s), 5.69 (1 H, s), 7.02 (2H, s), 8.70 (1 H, br s) and 10 47 (1 H, br s). BIOLOGICAL ACTIVITY
The following assays were used to demonstrate the activity and selectivity of compounds according to the invention:
p56l£k kinase assay
The tyrosine kinase activity of p56lck was determined using a RR-src peptide (RRLIEDNEYTARG) and [γ-33p]ATP as substrates. Quantitation of the 33P-phosphorylated peptide formed by the action of p56lck was achieved using an adaption of the method of Geissler et al (J. Biol. Chem.
(1990) 265. 22255-22261 ).
All assays were performed in 20mM HEPES pH 7.5 containing 10mM MgCI2, 10mM MnCI2, 0.05% Brij, 1μM ATP (0.5μCi[γ-33p]ATP) and 0.8mg/ml RR-src. Inhibitors in dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) were added such that the final concentration of DMSO did not exceed 1%, and enzyme [human p56ick] such that the consumption of ATP was less than 10%. After incubation at 30°C for 15min, the reaction was terminated by the addition of one-third volume of stop reagent (0.25mM EDTA and 33mM ATP in dH2θ). A 15μl aliquot was removed, spotted onto a P-30 filtermat (Wallac, Milton Keynes, UK), and washed sequentially with 1% acetic acid and dH20 to remove ATP. The bound 33p.RR.src was quantitated by scintillation counting of the filtermat in a Betaplate scintillation counter (Wallac, Milton Keynes, UK) after addition of Meltilex scintillant (Wallac, Milton Keynes, UK). The dpm obtained, being directly proportional to the amount of 33p.RR-src produced by p56lck, were used to determine the IC50 for each compound.
p59i¥0 kinase assay Compounds of the invention were assayed for pδθ^ inhibitory activity in a similar manner to the p56i k assay, using human pSθty1"1.
EGFr kinase assay
The tyrosine kinase activity of the EGF receptor (EGFr) was determined using a similar methodology to the p56lck kinase assay, except that the
RR-src peptide was replaced by a peptide substrate for EGFr obtained from Amersham International pic (Little Chalfont, UK) and used at the manufacturers recommended concentration IC50 values for each test inhibitor were determined as described previously in the p56lck assay.
ZAP-70 kinase assay
The tyrosine kinase activity of ZAP-70 was determined using a capture assay based on that employed above for p56lck The RR-src peptide was replaced with polyGlu-Tyr (Sigma, Poole, UK) at a final concentration of 17 μg/ml. After addition of the stopped reaction to the filtermat, trichloroacetic acid 10% (w/v) was employed as the wash reagent instead of acetic acid and a final wash in absolute ethanol was also performed before scintillation counting IC50 values for each test inhibitor were determined as descπbed above in the p56lck assay
Csk kinase assay
Compounds of the invention were assayed for csk kinase inhibitory activity in a similar manner to the ZAP-70 assay using human csk kinase
Protein kinase C assay Inhibitor activity against protein kinase C (PKC) was determined using PKC obtained from Sigma Chemical Company (Poole, UK) and a commercially available assay system (Amersham International pic, Little Chalfont, UK). Briefly, PKC catalyses the transfer of the γ-phosphate (32p) of ATP to the threonine group on a peptide specific for PKC Phosphorylated peptide is bound to phosphocellulose paper, subsequently quantified by scintillation counting and IC50 values determined as before
In the above assays, compounds according to the invention, including the compounds of the Examples inhibit the protein kinase p56lck, p59fyn, ZAP- 70 or protein kinase C at concentrations at which they have little or no effect on the remaining kinases, including EGFr kinase and Csk kinase Thus, for example the compounds of Example 96 and 103 have IC50 values in the p56lck assay of 215nM and 40nM respectively The compounds are also active against p59fyn but have IC50 values at least 10x greater against the remaining kinases described above. In another example the compounds of Example 64 and 66 have IC50 values in the ZAP-70 assay of 124nM and 68nM respectively. The compounds are also active in the protein kinase C assay, but have IC50 values at least 10x greater against the remaining kinases. In a further example, the compounds of Examples 48 and 81 have IC50 values in the protein kinase C assay of 22nM and 92nM respectively, but have IC50 values at least 10x greater against the remaining kinases.

Claims

1. A compound of formula (1):
wherein R1 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group or a group selected from hydroxyl (-OH), substituted hydroxyl, thiol
(-SH), substituted thiol, amino (-NH2), or substituted amino;
R2 and R3, which may be the same or different, is each an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group;
R4 is a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain alkyl group;
R5 is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group;
R6 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an amino (-NH2), substituted amino, nitro, carboxyl (-CO2H) or esterified carboxyl group or a group
-X1 -R6a where X1 is a direct bond or a linker atom or group and R6a is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group;
X is a direct bond or a linker atom or group;
R7 is an optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heteroaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aromatic or heteroaromatic group; and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof.
2. A compound according to Claim 1 wherein R4 is a hydrogen atom.
3. A compound according to Claim 1 or Claim 2 wherein R5 and R6 is each a hydrogen atom.
4. A compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 3 wherein R is an optionally substituted methoxy group and R2 and R3 is each an optionally substituted methyl or ethyl group.
5. A compound according to Claim 4 wherein R1 is a methoxy group and R2 and R3 is each a methyl group.
6. A compound according to any one of the proceding Claims wherein X is a direct bond, a sulphur atom or a -NH- group.
7. A compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 6 wherein R7 is an optionally substituted aromatic or heteroaromatic group.
8. A compound according to Claim 7 wherein R7 is an optionally substituted phenyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl group.
9. A compound which is
N,N'-Bis(3,4,5-Trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyrimidinediamine;
4-(2-(2-Dimethylaminoethylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine;
4-(2-(4-Hydroxybutylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine;
4-(3-(3-Aminopropoxy)phenyl)-N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine;
N4-(3,4-Dimethoxyphenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4- pyrimidinediamine; 4-(4-(2-Hydroxyethoxy)phenyl)-N-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2- pyrimidineamine;
4-(2-(3-(Morpholino)propylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5-trimethoxy- phenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine;
4-(2-(2-(1-Methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethylamino)pyridin-5-yl)-N-(3,4,5- trimethoxyphenyl)-2-pyrimidineamine; N4-(4-(Ethoxycarbonylmethyl)phenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-tπmethoxyphenyl)-
2,4-pyπmidinediamine;
N4-(4-Hydroxyphenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)-2,4-pyπmιdιne- diamine and
N4-(4-(3-Aminopropoxy)phenyl)-N2-(3,4,5-trιmethoxyphenyl)-2,4- pyrimidinediamine; and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof.
10. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula 1
wherein R1 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group or a group selected from hydroxyl (-OH), substituted hydroxyl, thiol
(-SH), substituted thiol, ammo (-NH2), or substituted ammo;
R2 and R3, which may be the same or different, is each an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group;
R4 is a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain alkyl group;
R5 is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group;
R6 is a hydrogen or halogen atom or an amino (-NH2), substituted am o, nitro, carboxyl (-C02H) or esterified carboxyl group or a group
.χi .R6a Where X1 is a direct bond or a linker atom or group and R6£* is an optionally substituted straight or branched chain alkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl group;
X is a direct bond or a linker atom or group; R7 is an optionally substituted aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, heteroaliphatic, heterocycloaliphatic, aromatic or heteroaromatic group; and the salts, solvates, hydrates and N-oxides thereof; together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients or diluents.
EP96939171A 1995-11-20 1996-11-20 Substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors Expired - Lifetime EP0862560B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB9523675.8A GB9523675D0 (en) 1995-11-20 1995-11-20 Chemical compounds
GB9523675 1995-11-20
PCT/GB1996/002854 WO1997019065A1 (en) 1995-11-20 1996-11-20 Substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP0862560A1 true EP0862560A1 (en) 1998-09-09
EP0862560B1 EP0862560B1 (en) 2003-04-02

Family

ID=10784140

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP96939171A Expired - Lifetime EP0862560B1 (en) 1995-11-20 1996-11-20 Substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US5958935A (en)
EP (1) EP0862560B1 (en)
AU (1) AU7631496A (en)
DE (1) DE69627179T2 (en)
ES (1) ES2195020T3 (en)
GB (1) GB9523675D0 (en)
WO (1) WO1997019065A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (367)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB9619284D0 (en) * 1996-09-16 1996-10-30 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
AU4563197A (en) * 1996-10-01 1998-04-24 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Pharmaceutical products containing protein-tyrosine kinase inhibitors and anti-cd4 antibodies
GB9622363D0 (en) * 1996-10-28 1997-01-08 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US6608060B1 (en) 1996-12-18 2003-08-19 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of p38
US6147080A (en) * 1996-12-18 2000-11-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of p38
US5945418A (en) * 1996-12-18 1999-08-31 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of p38
JP2001507349A (en) * 1996-12-23 2001-06-05 セルテック セラピューティックス リミテッド Fused polycyclic 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives, their preparation and their use as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
GB9705361D0 (en) * 1997-03-14 1997-04-30 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
AU1507199A (en) 1997-12-15 1999-07-05 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel pyrimidine-5-carboxamide derivatives
ES2361146T3 (en) 1998-03-27 2011-06-14 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv DERIVATIVES OF HIV INHIBITATORY PYRAMIDINE.
WO1999063821A1 (en) 1998-06-10 1999-12-16 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Use of 2-(n-phenylamino)pyrimidines as fungicides, and novel 2-(n-phenylamino)pyrimidines
EP1119349B1 (en) * 1998-08-18 2008-07-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Epidermal growth factor receptor antagonists for treating hypersecretion of mucus in the lungs
US7354894B2 (en) 1998-08-18 2008-04-08 The Regents Of The University Of California Preventing airway mucus production by administration of EGF-R antagonists
US6846799B1 (en) 1998-08-18 2005-01-25 The Regents Of The University Of California Preventing airway mucus production by administration of EGF-R antagonists
JP2002523498A (en) 1998-08-29 2002-07-30 アストラゼネカ・アクチエボラーグ Pyrimidine compounds
ES2274634T3 (en) 1998-08-29 2007-05-16 Astrazeneca Ab PIRIMIDINE COMPOUNDS.
IL143023A0 (en) 1998-11-10 2002-04-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Hiv replication inhibiting pyrimidines
GB9828511D0 (en) 1998-12-24 1999-02-17 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9905075D0 (en) 1999-03-06 1999-04-28 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9907658D0 (en) 1999-04-06 1999-05-26 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
US6797706B1 (en) 1999-06-09 2004-09-28 Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heterocyclecarboxamide derivative
JP2003503354A (en) 1999-06-30 2003-01-28 メルク エンド カムパニー インコーポレーテッド SRC kinase inhibitor compounds
US6498165B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2002-12-24 Merck & Co., Inc. Src kinase inhibitor compounds
WO2001000207A1 (en) 1999-06-30 2001-01-04 Merck & Co., Inc. Src kinase inhibitor compounds
US6432979B1 (en) 1999-08-12 2002-08-13 American Cyanamid Company Method of treating or inhibiting colonic polyps and colorectal cancer
GB9919778D0 (en) 1999-08-21 1999-10-27 Zeneca Ltd Chemical compounds
PL355639A1 (en) 1999-09-10 2004-05-04 Merck & Co, Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
DE19945982A1 (en) * 1999-09-24 2001-03-29 Knoll Ag Velocity-determined particles
PT1225874E (en) 1999-09-24 2006-06-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv ANTIVIRAL COMPOSITIONS.
DE60039059D1 (en) * 1999-10-07 2008-07-10 Amgen Inc TRIAZINE KINASE INHIBITORS
GB9924862D0 (en) * 1999-10-20 1999-12-22 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US7101869B2 (en) 1999-11-30 2006-09-05 Pfizer Inc. 2,4-diaminopyrimidine compounds useful as immunosuppressants
EE200200275A (en) * 1999-11-30 2003-10-15 Pfizer Products Inc. 2,4-Diaminopyrimidine compounds used as immunosuppressants
US20020002169A1 (en) 1999-12-08 2002-01-03 Griffin John H. Protein kinase inhibitors
EE200200357A (en) 1999-12-23 2003-10-15 Pfizer Products Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions providing increased concentrations of the drug substance
EP1242385B1 (en) * 1999-12-28 2009-11-25 Pharmacopeia, Inc. Cytokine, especially tnf-alpha, inhibitors
AU3704101A (en) * 2000-02-17 2001-08-27 Amgen Inc Kinase inhibitors
GB0004886D0 (en) 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
GB0004887D0 (en) 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
GB0004890D0 (en) * 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
GB0004888D0 (en) * 2000-03-01 2000-04-19 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
GB0007371D0 (en) 2000-03-28 2000-05-17 Astrazeneca Uk Ltd Chemical compounds
IL151946A0 (en) * 2000-03-29 2003-04-10 Cyclacel Ltd 2-substituted 4-heteroaryl-pyrimidines and their use in the treatment of proliferative disorders
ES2559273T3 (en) 2000-05-08 2016-02-11 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Pyrimidine prodrugs that inhibit HIV replication
US7276510B2 (en) 2000-05-08 2007-10-02 Janssen Pharmaceutica, Inc. HIV replication inhibitors
GB0016877D0 (en) 2000-07-11 2000-08-30 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US7521463B2 (en) 2000-07-31 2009-04-21 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Immunomodulatory compounds
GB0021726D0 (en) 2000-09-05 2000-10-18 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US6660731B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2003-12-09 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
EP1317452B1 (en) 2000-09-15 2006-05-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
PL214667B1 (en) 2000-12-21 2013-08-30 Glaxo Group Ltd Pyrimidineamines as angiogenesis modulators
US6653301B2 (en) 2000-12-21 2003-11-25 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Pyrazole compounds useful as protein kinase inhibitors
GB0103926D0 (en) 2001-02-17 2001-04-04 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
SE0100569D0 (en) * 2001-02-20 2001-02-20 Astrazeneca Ab New compounds
CN100415744C (en) * 2001-02-20 2008-09-03 阿斯特拉曾尼卡有限公司 2-arylamino-pyrimidines for the treatment of GSK3-related disorders
WO2002068409A1 (en) * 2001-02-23 2002-09-06 Merck & Co., Inc. N-substituted nonaryl-heterocyclic nmda/nr2b antagonists
GB0107901D0 (en) * 2001-03-29 2001-05-23 Cyclacel Ltd Anti-cancer compounds
MXPA03008888A (en) * 2001-03-29 2005-03-07 Vertex Pharma Inhibitors of c-jun n-terminal kinases (jnk) and other protein kinases.
US6881737B2 (en) 2001-04-11 2005-04-19 Amgen Inc. Substituted triazinyl acrylamide derivatives and methods of use
US6864255B2 (en) 2001-04-11 2005-03-08 Amgen Inc. Substituted triazinyl amide derivatives and methods of use
DE10127581A1 (en) * 2001-05-29 2003-01-02 Schering Ag New 2-anilino-pyrimidine derivatives, are potent cyclin dependent kinase inhibitors, useful e.g. for treating cancer, autoimmune, cardiovascular or neurodegenerative diseases or viral infections
MXPA03010810A (en) * 2001-05-29 2004-03-22 Schering Ag Cdk inhibiting pyrimidines, production thereof and their use as medicaments.
GB0113041D0 (en) 2001-05-30 2001-07-18 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
MXPA03010961A (en) 2001-05-31 2004-02-27 Vertex Pharma Thiazole compounds useful as inhibitors of protein kinases.
ATE339418T1 (en) * 2001-06-01 2006-10-15 Vertex Pharma THIAZOLE COMPOUNDS THAT ARE SUITABLE AS INHIBITORS OF PROTEIN KINASES
ATE432929T1 (en) * 2001-06-15 2009-06-15 Vertex Pharma 5-(2-AMINOPYRIMIDINE-4-YL)BENZISOXAZOLE AS A PROTEIN KINASE INHIBITOR
WO2002102783A1 (en) * 2001-06-19 2002-12-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
CA2450562A1 (en) 2001-06-22 2003-01-03 Merck & Co., Inc. Tyrosine kinase inhibitors
WO2003002109A2 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Ab Science Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for treating autoimmune diseases
ATE343415T1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2006-11-15 Ab Science THE USE OF C-KIT INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INFLAMMATORY BOWEL DISEASE
CA2452366A1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-16 Ab Science Use of potent, selective and non toxic c-kit inhibitors for treating tumor angiogenesis
WO2003002106A2 (en) * 2001-06-29 2003-01-09 Ab Science Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitions for treating allergic diseases
EP1401415B1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2006-06-21 AB Science Use of n-phenyl-2-pyrimidine-amine derivatives for treating inflammatory diseases
EP1434991B1 (en) * 2001-06-29 2007-10-17 AB Science New potent, selective and non toxic c-kit inhibitors
US8101629B2 (en) * 2001-08-13 2012-01-24 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Salt of 4-[[4-[[4-(2-cyanoethenyl)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]amino]-2-pyrimidinyl]amino]benzonitrile
JO3429B1 (en) * 2001-08-13 2019-10-20 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Hiv inhibiting pyrimidines derivatives
US7638522B2 (en) * 2001-08-13 2009-12-29 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Salt of 4-[[4-[[4-(2-cyanoethenyl)-2,6-dimethylphenyl]amino]-2-pyrimidinyl]amino] benzonitrile
US6939874B2 (en) * 2001-08-22 2005-09-06 Amgen Inc. Substituted pyrimidinyl derivatives and methods of use
US7115617B2 (en) * 2001-08-22 2006-10-03 Amgen Inc. Amino-substituted pyrimidinyl derivatives and methods of use
WO2003020702A2 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-03-13 The Rockefeller University Phosphodiesterase activity and regulation of phosphodiesterase 1-b-mediated signaling in brain
ATE404202T1 (en) * 2001-09-20 2008-08-15 Ab Science THE USE OF POTENT, SELECTIVE AND NONTOXIC C-KITE INHIBITORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF INTERSTITIAL CYTRAL INFLAMMATION
CA2461182A1 (en) * 2001-09-20 2003-05-01 Ab Science Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for promoting hair growth
WO2003030909A1 (en) * 2001-09-25 2003-04-17 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2- and 4-aminopyrimidines n-substtituded by a bicyclic ring for use as kinase inhibitors in the treatment of cancer
WO2003026664A1 (en) * 2001-09-26 2003-04-03 Bayer Corporation 2-phenylamino-4- (5-pyrazolylamino) -pyramidine derivatives as kinase inhibitors, in particular, src kinase inhibitors
EP1760082A1 (en) * 2001-09-28 2007-03-07 Cyclacel Limited N-(4-(4-methylthiazol-5-yl) pyrimidin-2-yl)-N-phenylamines as anti-proliferative compounds
WO2003032997A1 (en) 2001-10-17 2003-04-24 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Pyrimidine derivatives, pharmaceutical agent containing said compounds, use and method for making same
EP1453516A2 (en) 2001-10-17 2004-09-08 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma GmbH & Co.KG Novel tri-substituted pyrimidines, method for production and use thereof as medicament
US7514445B2 (en) * 2001-11-01 2009-04-07 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Heteroaryl amines as glycogen synthase kinase 3β inhibitors (GSK3 inhibitors)
HUP0402330A3 (en) * 2001-11-01 2010-03-29 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Amide derivatives as glycogen synthase kinase 3-beta inhibitors, process for producing them, pharmaceutical compositions containing them and use thereof
MXPA04005027A (en) * 2001-11-28 2004-08-11 Btg Int Ltd Preventives or remedies for alzheimer's disease or amyloid protein fibrosis inhibitors containing nitrogen-containing heteroaryl compounds.
SE0104140D0 (en) 2001-12-07 2001-12-07 Astrazeneca Ab Novel Compounds
WO2003055489A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2003-07-10 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation 2,4-diamino-pyrimidine derivative compounds as inhibitors of prolylpeptidase, inducers of apoptosis and cancer treatment agents
EP1470121B1 (en) * 2002-01-23 2012-07-11 Bayer HealthCare LLC Pyrimidine derivatives as rho-kinase inhibitors
TWI329105B (en) * 2002-02-01 2010-08-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
AR038368A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2005-01-12 Novartis Ag N-PYRIMIDIN-2-IL-AMINAS SUBSTITUTED COMPOUNDS AS IGE INHIBITORS, A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION AND THE USE OF SUCH COMPOUNDS FOR THE PREPARATION OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
AU2003209077A1 (en) 2002-02-08 2003-09-02 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Pyrimidine compounds
EP1478380B1 (en) * 2002-02-27 2006-08-02 AB Science Use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors for treating cns disorders
WO2003074515A1 (en) * 2002-03-01 2003-09-12 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Diamino-pyrimidines and their use as angiogenesis inhibitors
WO2003076434A1 (en) 2002-03-09 2003-09-18 Astrazeneca Ab 4- imidazolyl substuited pyrimidine derivatives with cdk inhibitiory activity
GB0205693D0 (en) 2002-03-09 2002-04-24 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
GB0205688D0 (en) 2002-03-09 2002-04-24 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
GB0205690D0 (en) 2002-03-09 2002-04-24 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
GB0206215D0 (en) * 2002-03-15 2002-05-01 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
WO2003095448A1 (en) * 2002-05-06 2003-11-20 Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corporation Pyridinyl amino pyrimidine derivatives useful for treating hyper-proliferative disorders
MY141867A (en) 2002-06-20 2010-07-16 Vertex Pharma Substituted pyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
WO2004000318A2 (en) * 2002-06-21 2003-12-31 Cellular Genomics, Inc. Certain amino-substituted monocycles as kinase modulators
AU2003249212C1 (en) * 2002-07-15 2011-10-27 Symphony Evolution, Inc. Receptor-type kinase modulators and methods of use
US6872724B2 (en) 2002-07-24 2005-03-29 Merck & Co., Inc. Polymorphs with tyrosine kinase activity
DE10233737A1 (en) * 2002-07-24 2004-02-05 Morphochem Aktiengesellschaft für kombinatorische Chemie Use of modulators of the signal transduction pathway via the protein kinase Fyn for the treatment of tumor diseases
IL166241A0 (en) * 2002-07-29 2006-01-15 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc Method of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinedinediamine compounds
SI1534286T1 (en) 2002-07-29 2010-04-30 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
KR101297924B1 (en) * 2002-07-29 2013-08-20 리겔 파마슈티칼스, 인크. Methods of treating or preventing autoimmune diseases with 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds
CA2494061C (en) * 2002-07-31 2011-06-14 Wayne R. Danter Protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
CN1319968C (en) 2002-08-02 2007-06-06 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Compositions useful as inhibitors of GSK-3
KR101140785B1 (en) * 2002-08-09 2012-05-03 얀센 파마슈티카 엔.브이. Processes for the preparation of 4-[[4-[[4-2-cyanoethenyl-2,6-dimethylphenyl]amino]-2-pyrimidinyl]amino]benzonitrile
JP4741948B2 (en) 2002-08-14 2011-08-10 バーテックス ファーマシューティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Protein kinase inhibitors and their use
DE10239042A1 (en) * 2002-08-21 2004-03-04 Schering Ag New fused macrocyclic pyrimidine derivatives, useful as e.g. cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitors for treating e.g. cancer, autoimmune, cardiovascular or neurodegenerative diseases or viral infections
EP1551824B1 (en) * 2002-10-09 2007-12-12 Critical Outcome Technologies, Inc. Protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
EP1562911B1 (en) 2002-11-01 2010-01-06 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compositions useful as inhibitors of jak and other protein kinases
CA2506773A1 (en) * 2002-11-04 2004-05-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Heteroaryl-pyramidine derivatives as jak inhibitors
CA2507406A1 (en) 2002-11-05 2004-05-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Compounds useful as inhibitors of jak and other protein kinases
GB0226583D0 (en) * 2002-11-14 2002-12-18 Cyclacel Ltd Compounds
WO2004058749A1 (en) * 2002-12-18 2004-07-15 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Benzisoxazole derivatives useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
GB0229581D0 (en) * 2002-12-19 2003-01-22 Cyclacel Ltd Use
AP2385A (en) * 2002-12-20 2012-03-23 Pfizer Prod Inc Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of abnormal cell growth.
US7109337B2 (en) 2002-12-20 2006-09-19 Pfizer Inc Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of abnormal cell growth
UA80767C2 (en) * 2002-12-20 2007-10-25 Pfizer Prod Inc Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of abnormal cell growth
ATE440087T1 (en) 2003-01-30 2009-09-15 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma 2,4-DIAMINOPYRIMIDENE DERIVATIVES THAT ARE SUITABLE AS INHIBITORS OF PKC-THETA
EA011164B1 (en) 2003-02-07 2009-02-27 Янссен Фармацевтика Н. В. Pyrimidine derivatives for the prevention of hiv infection
JP4634367B2 (en) * 2003-02-20 2011-02-16 スミスクライン ビーチャム コーポレーション Pyrimidine compounds
GB0305929D0 (en) * 2003-03-14 2003-04-23 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
JP2006522125A (en) * 2003-03-25 2006-09-28 バーテックス　ファーマシューティカルズ　インコーポレイテッド Thiazoles useful as protein kinase inhibitors
GB0311276D0 (en) 2003-05-16 2003-06-18 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
GB0311274D0 (en) 2003-05-16 2003-06-18 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
EP1648875A1 (en) * 2003-07-30 2006-04-26 Cyclacel Limited 2-aminophenyl-4-phenylpyrimidines as kinase inhibitors
DK1656372T3 (en) 2003-07-30 2013-07-01 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,4-PYRIMIDINE DIAMINE COMPOUNDS FOR USING TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF AUTO-IMMUNE DISEASES
ES2365223T3 (en) * 2003-08-07 2011-09-26 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 2,4-PYRIMIDINDIAMINE COMPOUNDS AND USES AS ANTIPROLIFERATIVE AGENTS.
MXPA06001759A (en) * 2003-08-15 2006-05-12 Novartis Ag 2, 4-pyrimidinediamines useful in the treatment of neoplastic diseases, inflammatory and immune system disorders.
GB0321710D0 (en) * 2003-09-16 2003-10-15 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
CA2538413A1 (en) * 2003-09-18 2005-03-24 Novartis Ag 2,4-di (phenylamino) pyrimidines useful in the treatment of proliferative disorders
EP2213661B1 (en) * 2003-09-26 2011-07-20 Exelixis Inc. c-Met Modulators and Methods of Use
CA2540828A1 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-04-14 Scios Inc. Heterocyclic amides and sulfonamides
JP2007510626A (en) 2003-10-17 2007-04-26 アストラゼネカ アクチボラグ 4- (Pyrazol-3-ylamino) pyrimidine derivatives for use in the treatment of cancer
GB0324599D0 (en) * 2003-10-21 2003-11-26 Cyclacel Ltd Compound
WO2005042525A1 (en) * 2003-10-21 2005-05-12 Cyclacel Limited Pyrimidin-4-yl-3, 4-thione compounds and their use in therapy
SG139747A1 (en) 2003-11-18 2008-02-29 Novartis Ag Inhibitors of the mutant form of kit
DK1689715T3 (en) * 2003-12-03 2011-05-23 Ym Biosciences Australia Pty tubulin inhibitors
TW200528101A (en) 2004-02-03 2005-09-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
GB0402653D0 (en) * 2004-02-06 2004-03-10 Cyclacel Ltd Compounds
MXPA06013165A (en) 2004-05-14 2007-02-13 Pfizer Prod Inc Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of abnormal cell growth.
EP1751142A1 (en) 2004-05-14 2007-02-14 Pfizer Products Incorporated Pyrimidines derivatives for the treatment of abnormal cell growth
CA2566477A1 (en) 2004-05-14 2005-11-24 Pfizer Products Inc. Pyrimidine derivatives for the treatment of abnormal cell growth
EP1763514A2 (en) 2004-05-18 2007-03-21 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cycloalkyl substituted pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
EP1598343A1 (en) * 2004-05-19 2005-11-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH 2-Arylaminopyrimidine derivatives as PLK inhibitors
GB0411791D0 (en) * 2004-05-26 2004-06-30 Cyclacel Ltd Compounds
US7601714B2 (en) 2004-07-08 2009-10-13 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine derivatives useful as inhibitors of PKC-theta
AU2005276231A1 (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Cyclacel Limited Purine and pyrimidine CDK inhibitors and their use for the treatment of autoimmune diseases
US7662837B2 (en) * 2004-10-22 2010-02-16 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
MX2007004784A (en) * 2004-10-22 2007-09-11 Johnson & Johnson Inhibitors of c-fms kinase.
US7645755B2 (en) * 2004-10-22 2010-01-12 Janssen Pharmaceutical N.V. Inhibitors of c-fms kinase
ES2380550T3 (en) 2004-11-24 2012-05-16 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Spiro-2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
CA2590939C (en) 2004-12-17 2011-10-18 Amgen Inc. Aminopyrimidine compounds and methods of use
GB0500492D0 (en) * 2005-01-11 2005-02-16 Cyclacel Ltd Compound
US7449458B2 (en) 2005-01-19 2008-11-11 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
DK1853588T3 (en) 2005-02-16 2008-09-15 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
US8227455B2 (en) 2005-04-18 2012-07-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating cell proliferative disorders
AU2006242311B2 (en) 2005-05-02 2010-03-04 Novartis Ag Use of pyrimidylamimobenzamide derivatives for the treatment of systematic mastocytosis
US20060270694A1 (en) * 2005-05-03 2006-11-30 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. JAK kinase inhibitors and their uses
BRPI0610184A2 (en) 2005-05-16 2012-09-25 Astrazeneca Ab compound, pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound, process for preparing a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, use of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, methods for inhibiting trk activity, for cancer treatment or prophylaxis and for producing an antiproliferative effect on a warm-blooded animal, and, pharmaceutical composition
CA2611312C (en) 2005-06-06 2013-12-03 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
KR101312225B1 (en) 2005-06-08 2013-09-26 리겔 파마슈티칼스, 인크. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
US20070203161A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2007-08-30 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
US20060281788A1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2006-12-14 Baumann Christian A Synergistic modulation of flt3 kinase using a flt3 inhibitor and a farnesyl transferase inhibitor
WO2007025103A2 (en) * 2005-08-23 2007-03-01 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds for treating reduced dopamine receptor signalling activity
US7678363B2 (en) * 2005-08-26 2010-03-16 Braincells Inc Methods of treating psychiatric conditions comprising administration of muscarinic agents in combination with SSRIs
US7745428B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2010-06-29 Astrazeneca Ab Imidazo[1,2-A]pyridine having anti-cell-proliferation activity
GB0520955D0 (en) * 2005-10-14 2005-11-23 Cyclacel Ltd Compound
GB0520958D0 (en) * 2005-10-14 2005-11-23 Cyclacel Ltd Compound
CA2626375A1 (en) 2005-10-28 2007-05-03 Astrazeneca Ab 4- (3-aminopyrazole) pyrimidine derivatives for use as tyrosine kinase inhibitors in the treatment of cancer
JP5191391B2 (en) * 2005-11-01 2013-05-08 ターゲジェン インコーポレーティッド Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases
US8604042B2 (en) * 2005-11-01 2013-12-10 Targegen, Inc. Bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases
US8133900B2 (en) * 2005-11-01 2012-03-13 Targegen, Inc. Use of bi-aryl meta-pyrimidine inhibitors of kinases
WO2007053776A1 (en) * 2005-11-03 2007-05-10 Sgx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidinyl-thiophene kinase modulators
ES2533241T3 (en) 2005-11-03 2015-04-08 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Aminopyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
WO2007056151A2 (en) * 2005-11-03 2007-05-18 Irm Llc Protein kinase inhbitors
US7713987B2 (en) * 2005-12-06 2010-05-11 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine-2,4-diamines and their uses
CA2633740A1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Crystalgenomics, Inc. Aminopyrimidine derivatives inhibiting protein kinase activity, method for the preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition containing same
KR20080110998A (en) * 2006-01-30 2008-12-22 엑셀리시스, 인코포레이티드 4-aryl-2-mino-pyrimidines or 4-aryl-2-aminoalkyl-pyrimidines as jak-2 modulators and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
DK1984357T3 (en) * 2006-02-17 2014-01-13 Rigel Pharmaceuticals Inc 2,4-PYRIMIDINE DIAMINE COMPOUNDS FOR TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF AUTO-IMMUNE DISEASES
CA2642229C (en) * 2006-02-24 2015-05-12 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
US8697716B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2014-04-15 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Method of inhibiting C-KIT kinase
CA2650057C (en) 2006-04-20 2014-07-29 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Phenyl- or pyridinyl-amide as inhibitors of c-fms kinase
PL2021335T3 (en) 2006-04-20 2011-10-31 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Heterocyclic compounds as inhibitors of c-fms kinase
US8674100B2 (en) 2006-04-20 2014-03-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Inhibitors of C-FMS kinase
US20070293494A1 (en) * 2006-06-15 2007-12-20 Djung Jane F 2-Anilino-4-(Heterocyclic) Amino-Pyrimidines
KR20090023698A (en) 2006-06-15 2009-03-05 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 2-anilino-4-aminoalkyleneaminopyrimidines
CL2007003244A1 (en) 2006-11-16 2008-04-04 Millennium Pharm Inc COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM PIRIMIDO [5,4-D] [2] BENZAZEPINA; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES SUCH COMPOUND; AND USE OF THE COMPOUND FOR THE TREATMENT OF CANCER.
US8163902B2 (en) 2006-11-21 2012-04-24 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prodrugs of 2,4-pyrimidinediamine compounds and their uses
US9006258B2 (en) 2006-12-05 2015-04-14 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Method of treating female sexual dysfunction with a PDE1 inhibitor
UA100846C2 (en) 2006-12-08 2013-02-11 Айерем Елелсі Compounds and compositions as protein kinase inhibitors
EP2094682A2 (en) * 2006-12-22 2009-09-02 Novartis AG Heteroaryl-heteroaryl compounds as cdk inhibitors for the treatment of cancer, inflammation and viral infections
US8138191B2 (en) 2007-01-11 2012-03-20 Critical Outcome Technologies Inc. Inhibitor compounds and cancer treatment methods
US8034815B2 (en) 2007-01-11 2011-10-11 Critical Outcome Technologies, Inc. Compounds and method for treatment of cancer
AU2008210266B2 (en) * 2007-01-31 2013-09-05 Ym Biosciences Australia Pty Ltd Thiopyrimidine-based compounds and uses thereof
KR101566840B1 (en) * 2007-03-12 2015-11-06 와이엠 바이오사이언시즈 오스트레일리아 피티와이 엘티디 Phenyl amino pyrimidine compounds and uses thereof
MX2009011810A (en) 2007-05-02 2010-01-14 Vertex Pharma Thiazoles and pyrazoles useful as kinase inhibitors.
UA99459C2 (en) 2007-05-04 2012-08-27 Астразенека Аб 9-(pyrazol-3-yl)- 9h-purine-2-amine and 3-(pyraz0l-3-yl)-3h-imidazo[4,5-b]pyridin-5-amine derivatives and their use for the treatment of cancer
CA2693594A1 (en) * 2007-07-17 2009-01-22 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cyclic amine substituted pyrimidinediamines as pkc inhibitors
AU2008282156B2 (en) 2007-07-31 2014-07-17 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Process for preparing 5-fluoro-1H-pyrazolo [3, 4-b] pyridin-3-amine and derivatives thereof
WO2009017838A2 (en) * 2007-08-01 2009-02-05 Exelixis, Inc. Combinations of jak-2 inhibitors and other agents
JP5611826B2 (en) * 2007-09-04 2014-10-22 ザ スクリプス リサーチ インスティテュート Substituted pyrimidinyl-amines as protein kinase inhibitors
JO3240B1 (en) 2007-10-17 2018-03-08 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Inhibitors of c-fms Kinase
JP2011032169A (en) * 2007-12-11 2011-02-17 Genecare Research Institute Co Ltd 4-aminopyrimidine derivative and medicinal composition containing the compound
EP2225226B1 (en) * 2007-12-26 2016-08-17 Critical Outcome Technologies, Inc. Compounds and their use in a method for treatment of cancer
US9273077B2 (en) 2008-05-21 2016-03-01 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Phosphorus derivatives as kinase inhibitors
HUE035029T2 (en) 2008-05-21 2018-03-28 Ariad Pharma Inc Phosphorous derivatives as kinase inhibitors
US11351168B1 (en) 2008-06-27 2022-06-07 Celgene Car Llc 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
US8338439B2 (en) 2008-06-27 2012-12-25 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. 2,4-disubstituted pyrimidines useful as kinase inhibitors
TWI546290B (en) * 2008-06-27 2016-08-21 賽基艾維洛米斯研究股份有限公司 Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
CN102215816A (en) 2008-09-03 2011-10-12 沃泰克斯药物股份有限公司 Co-crystals and pharmaceutical formulations comprising the same
EP2349235A1 (en) 2008-11-07 2011-08-03 Triact Therapeutics, Inc. Use of catecholic butane derivatives in cancer therapy
ES2468391T3 (en) 2008-12-22 2014-06-16 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination of Aurora kinase inhibitors and anti-CD20 antibodies
US8278299B2 (en) 2008-12-30 2012-10-02 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidinediamine kinase inhibitors
CN102292333B (en) * 2009-01-15 2015-05-13 里格尔药品股份有限公司 Protein kinase c inhibitors and uses thereof
TWI641593B (en) 2009-01-16 2018-11-21 美商艾克塞里克斯公司 Pharmaceutical composition comprising malate salt of n-(4-{[6,7-bis(methyloxy)quinolin-4-yl]oxy}phenyl)-n'-(4-fluorophenyl)cyclopropane-1,1-dicarboxamide and use thereof
ES2635504T3 (en) 2009-01-21 2017-10-04 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. N2- (3-pyridyl or phenyl) -N4- (4-piperidyl) -2,4-pyrimidinadiamine derivatives useful in the treatment of inflammatory, toimmune or proliferative diseases
CN102356075B (en) 2009-01-23 2015-06-10 里格尔药品股份有限公司 Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
US11464781B2 (en) 2009-02-25 2022-10-11 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. PDE1 inhibitors for ophthalmic disorders
US20120189641A1 (en) 2009-02-25 2012-07-26 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Combination anti-cancer therapy
JP2012519170A (en) 2009-02-26 2012-08-23 オーエスアイ・ファーマシューティカルズ，エルエルシー INSITU method for monitoring EMT status of tumor cells in vivo
WO2010099363A1 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2010099364A2 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2010099138A2 (en) 2009-02-27 2010-09-02 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the identification of agents that inhibit mesenchymal-like tumor cells or their formation
WO2010107968A1 (en) 2009-03-18 2010-09-23 Osi Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Combination cancer therapy comprising administration of an egfr inhibitor and an igf-1r inhibitor
ES2659725T3 (en) 2009-05-05 2018-03-19 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. EGFR inhibitors and disorder treatment procedure
WO2010132127A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
JO3635B1 (en) 2009-05-18 2020-08-27 Millennium Pharm Inc Solid pharmaceutical compositions and processes for their production
EP2459195A1 (en) * 2009-07-28 2012-06-06 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
SG10201507362TA (en) 2009-08-05 2015-10-29 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc Novel Regulatory Proteins And Inhibitors
UA108618C2 (en) 2009-08-07 2015-05-25 APPLICATION OF C-MET-MODULATORS IN COMBINATION WITH THEMOSOLOMID AND / OR RADIATION THERAPY FOR CANCER TREATMENT
JP2013510564A (en) 2009-11-13 2013-03-28 パンガエア ビオテック、ソシエダッド、リミターダ Molecular biomarkers for predicting response to tyrosine kinase inhibitors in lung cancer
WO2011068898A1 (en) 2009-12-01 2011-06-09 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protein kinase c inhibitors and uses thereof
KR20130005263A (en) 2009-12-30 2013-01-15 아르퀼 인코포레이티드 Substituted naphthalenyl-pyrimidine compounds
CN104031049A (en) 2010-02-19 2014-09-10 米伦纽姆医药公司 Crystalline Forms Of Aurora Kinase Inhibitor
CA2999435A1 (en) 2010-04-01 2011-10-06 Critical Outcome Technologies Inc. Compounds and method for treatment of hiv
JP6035238B2 (en) 2010-07-21 2016-11-30 ライジェル ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Protein kinase C inhibitor and use thereof
KR101937495B1 (en) 2010-07-28 2019-01-10 리겔 파마슈티칼스, 인크. Compositions and methods for inhibition of the jak pathway
BR112013003388A2 (en) 2010-08-10 2016-07-12 Celgene Avilomics Res Inc besylate salt of a btk inhibitor
ES2635713T3 (en) 2010-11-01 2017-10-04 Celgene Car Llc Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
WO2012061299A1 (en) 2010-11-01 2012-05-10 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof
WO2012060847A1 (en) 2010-11-07 2012-05-10 Targegen, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating myelofibrosis
EP2637502B1 (en) 2010-11-10 2018-01-10 Celgene CAR LLC Mutant-selective egfr inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2468883A1 (en) 2010-12-22 2012-06-27 Pangaea Biotech S.L. Molecular biomarkers for predicting response to tyrosine kinase inhibitors in lung cancer
US9134297B2 (en) 2011-01-11 2015-09-15 Icahn School Of Medicine At Mount Sinai Method and compositions for treating cancer and related methods
EP2492688A1 (en) 2011-02-23 2012-08-29 Pangaea Biotech, S.A. Molecular biomarkers for predicting response to antitumor treatment in lung cancer
WO2012129145A1 (en) 2011-03-18 2012-09-27 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Nscle combination therapy
EP2694486B1 (en) * 2011-04-01 2018-01-10 University of Utah Research Foundation Substituted n-(3-(pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)acrylamide analogs as tyrosine receptor kinase btk inhibitors
BR112013025387B1 (en) 2011-04-01 2021-07-27 University Of Utah Research Foundation REPLACED N-FENYLPYRIMIDIN-2-AMINE ANALOGUE COMPOUNDS AS KINASE AXL INHIBITORS, USE OF SUCH COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF AN UNCONTROLLED CELL PROLIFERATION DISORDER, AS WELL AS KIT INCLUDING SUCH COMPOUNDS
WO2012149014A1 (en) 2011-04-25 2012-11-01 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Use of emt gene signatures in cancer drug discovery, diagnostics, and treatment
CN103501612B (en) 2011-05-04 2017-03-29 阿里亚德医药股份有限公司 The compound that cell is bred in cancer caused by suppression EGF-R ELISA
PL3409278T3 (en) 2011-07-21 2021-02-22 Sumitomo Pharma Oncology, Inc. Heterocyclic protein kinase inhibitors
SG10201910984XA (en) 2011-07-27 2020-01-30 Astrazeneca Ab 2 - (2, 4, 5 - substituted -anilino) pyrimidine derivatives as egfr modulators useful for treating cancer
CA2845179A1 (en) 2011-08-31 2013-03-07 Genentech, Inc. Diagnostic markers
JP2014531213A (en) 2011-09-30 2014-11-27 ジェネンテック， インコーポレイテッド Diagnostic methylation markers for epithelial or mesenchymal phenotype and response to EGFR kinase inhibitors in tumors or tumor cells
JP2014532658A (en) 2011-10-28 2014-12-08 セルジーン アヴィロミクス リサーチ， インコーポレイテッド Methods for treating Breton tyrosine kinase diseases or disorders
BR112014022789B1 (en) 2012-03-15 2022-04-19 Celgene Car Llc Solid forms of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor, pharmaceutical composition and uses thereof
CA2866857C (en) 2012-03-15 2021-03-09 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Salts of an epidermal growth factor receptor kinase inhibitor
US20130303519A1 (en) 2012-03-20 2013-11-14 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating cancer using aurora kinase inhibitors
WO2013152198A1 (en) * 2012-04-04 2013-10-10 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protein kinase c inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013152252A1 (en) 2012-04-06 2013-10-10 OSI Pharmaceuticals, LLC Combination anti-cancer therapy
AU2013204563B2 (en) 2012-05-05 2016-05-19 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Compounds for inhibiting cell proliferation in EGFR-driven cancers
WO2013190089A1 (en) 2012-06-21 2013-12-27 Pangaea Biotech, S.L. Molecular biomarkers for predicting outcome in lung cancer
US8809359B2 (en) 2012-06-29 2014-08-19 Ym Biosciences Australia Pty Ltd Phenyl amino pyrimidine bicyclic compounds and uses thereof
AU2013299922B2 (en) 2012-08-07 2018-06-21 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Process for the preparation of heterocyclic ester derivatives
JOP20180012A1 (en) 2012-08-07 2019-01-30 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv Sulfonylation process using nonafluorobutanesulfonyl fluoride
EP3680238A1 (en) 2012-10-04 2020-07-15 University of Utah Research Foundation Substituted n-(3-(pyrimidin-4-yl)phenyl)acrylamide analogs as tyrosine receptor kinase btk inhibitors
JP6313772B2 (en) 2012-10-04 2018-04-18 ユニヴァーシティー オブ ユタ リサーチ ファウンデーション Substituted N- (3- (pyrimidin-4-yl) phenyl) acrylamide analogs that are tyrosine receptor kinase BTK inhibitors
WO2014089112A1 (en) 2012-12-04 2014-06-12 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protein kinase c inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2014100748A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-06-26 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US9145387B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2015-09-29 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. ERK inhibitors and uses thereof
JP6549040B2 (en) 2013-02-17 2019-07-24 イントラ−セルラー・セラピーズ・インコーポレイテッドＩｎｔｒａ−Ｃｅｌｌｕｌａｒ Ｔｈｅｒａｐｉｅｓ， Ｉｎｃ． New use
GB201303109D0 (en) * 2013-02-21 2013-04-10 Domainex Ltd Novel pyrimidine compounds
EP2961412A4 (en) 2013-02-26 2016-11-09 Triact Therapeutics Inc Cancer therapy
WO2014151900A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Protein kinase c inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2970205B1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2019-05-08 Tolero Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Jak2 and alk2 inhibitors and methods for their use
WO2014151409A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Organic compounds
WO2014152716A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Substituted heterocyclic compounds for treating or preventing viral infections
ES2717688T3 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-06-24 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc PDE1 inhibitors for use in the treatment and / or prevention of CNS lesions, and diseases, disorders or injuries of SNP
WO2014147246A1 (en) 2013-03-21 2014-09-25 INSERM (Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale) Method and pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of chronic liver diseases associated with a low hepcidin expression
JP6360881B2 (en) 2013-03-22 2018-07-18 ミレニアム ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッドＭｉｌｌｅｎｎｉｕｍ Ｐｈａｒｍａｃｅｕｔｉｃａｌｓ， Ｉｎｃ． Combination of catalytic MTORC1 / 2 inhibitor and selective inhibitor of Aurora A kinase
US9611283B1 (en) 2013-04-10 2017-04-04 Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for inhibiting cell proliferation in ALK-driven cancers
AR096654A1 (en) 2013-06-20 2016-01-27 Ab Science DERIVATIVES OF BENZIMIDAZOL AS SELECTIVE INHIBITORS OF PROTEIN QUINASA
CN103408501B (en) * 2013-08-14 2016-03-09 合肥医工医药有限公司 Benzylpyrimidine derivative, its preparation method and medicinal use thereof
US9492471B2 (en) 2013-08-27 2016-11-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Methods of treating a disease or disorder associated with Bruton'S Tyrosine Kinase
WO2015035410A1 (en) 2013-09-09 2015-03-12 Triact Therapeutic, Inc. Cancer therapy
US9415049B2 (en) 2013-12-20 2016-08-16 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
PL3126352T3 (en) 2014-04-04 2019-04-30 Syros Pharmaceuticals Inc Inhibitors of cyclin-dependent kinase 7 (cdk7)
WO2015156674A2 (en) 2014-04-10 2015-10-15 Stichting Het Nederlands Kanker Instituut Method for treating cancer
TWI681954B (en) 2014-06-12 2020-01-11 美商西爾拉癌症醫學公司 N-(cyanomethyl)-4-(2-(4-morpholinophenylamino)pyrimidin-4-yl)benzamide
ES2732442T3 (en) 2014-06-20 2019-11-22 Intra Cellular Therapies Inc Organic compounds
TWI686394B (en) 2014-08-07 2020-03-01 美商內胞醫療公司 Organic compounds
US10285992B2 (en) 2014-08-07 2019-05-14 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Combinations of PDE1 inhibitors and NEP inhibitors and associated methods
WO2016025561A1 (en) 2014-08-13 2016-02-18 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. Forms and compositions of an erk inhibitor
KR102332957B1 (en) 2014-09-17 2021-11-29 인트라-셀룰라 써래피스, 인코퍼레이티드. Compounds and methods
AU2015371312B2 (en) 2014-12-24 2022-01-27 Genentech, Inc. Therapeutic, diagnostic and prognostic methods for cancer of the bladder
CN106188029B (en) * 2015-05-05 2018-09-18 山东轩竹医药科技有限公司 Two and ring class anaplastic lymphoma kinase inhibitor
US10682354B2 (en) 2016-03-28 2020-06-16 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Compositions and methods
MA44666A (en) * 2016-04-15 2019-02-20 Epizyme Inc AMINE SUBSTITUTED ARYL OR HETERARYL COMPOUNDS USED AS EHMT1 AND EHMT2 INHIBITORS
WO2018049214A1 (en) 2016-09-09 2018-03-15 Incyte Corporation Pyrazolopyridine derivatives as hpk1 modulators and uses thereof for the treatment of cancer
EP3509589B1 (en) 2016-09-12 2021-11-17 Intra-Cellular Therapies, Inc. Novel uses
ES2894255T3 (en) 2016-12-22 2022-02-14 Amgen Inc Benzoisothiazole derivatives, isothiazolo[3,4-b]pyridine, quinazoline, phthalazine, pyrido[2,3-d]pyridazine and pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives as KRAS G12C inhibitors to treat lung cancer pancreatic or colorectal
AU2018254577A1 (en) 2017-04-21 2019-12-05 Epizyme, Inc. Combination therapies with EHMT2 inhibitors
JOP20190272A1 (en) 2017-05-22 2019-11-21 Amgen Inc Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same
UY37870A (en) 2017-09-08 2019-03-29 Amgen Inc KRAS G12C INHIBITORS AND METHODS TO USE THEM FIELD OF THE INVENTION
JP7401442B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2023-12-19 イントラ－セルラー・セラピーズ・インコーポレイテッド new use
JP2021524835A (en) 2018-04-05 2021-09-16 スミトモ ダイニッポン ファーマ オンコロジー， インコーポレイテッド AXL Kinase Inhibitors and Their Use
MX2020010556A (en) 2018-04-13 2021-03-02 Sumitomo Pharma Oncology Inc Pim kinase inhibitors for treatment of myeloproliferative neoplasms and fibrosis associated with cancer.
CA3099118A1 (en) 2018-05-04 2019-11-07 Amgen Inc. Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same
US11090304B2 (en) 2018-05-04 2021-08-17 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors and methods of using the same
AU2019265822A1 (en) 2018-05-10 2020-11-19 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
MA52765A (en) 2018-06-01 2021-04-14 Amgen Inc KRAS G12C INHIBITORS AND THEIR PROCEDURES FOR USE
MA52780A (en) 2018-06-11 2021-04-14 Amgen Inc KRAS G12C INHIBITORS FOR CANCER TREATMENT
AU2019336588B2 (en) 2018-06-12 2022-07-28 Amgen Inc. KRAS G12C inhibitors encompassing a piperazine ring and use thereof in the treatment of cancer
MX2021000977A (en) 2018-07-26 2021-04-12 Sumitomo Pharma Oncology Inc Methods for treating diseases associated with abnormal acvr1 expression and acvr1 inhibitors for use in the same.
US10899755B2 (en) 2018-08-08 2021-01-26 Incyte Corporation Benzothiazole compounds and uses thereof
CA3115038A1 (en) 2018-10-04 2020-04-09 Inserm (Institut National De La Sante Et De La Recherche Medicale) Egfr inhibitors for treating keratodermas
JP2020090482A (en) 2018-11-16 2020-06-11 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Improved synthesis of key intermediate of kras g12c inhibitor compound
MX2021005700A (en) 2018-11-19 2021-07-07 Amgen Inc Kras g12c inhibitors and methods of using the same.
JP7377679B2 (en) 2018-11-19 2023-11-10 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Combination therapy comprising a KRASG12C inhibitor and one or more additional pharmaceutically active agents for the treatment of cancer
MX2021007156A (en) 2018-12-20 2021-08-16 Amgen Inc Kif18a inhibitors.
WO2020132653A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Amgen Inc. Heteroaryl amides useful as kif18a inhibitors
MX2021007158A (en) 2018-12-20 2021-08-16 Amgen Inc Heteroaryl amides useful as kif18a inhibitors.
EP3897855B1 (en) 2018-12-20 2023-06-07 Amgen Inc. Kif18a inhibitors
JP2022520361A (en) 2019-02-12 2022-03-30 スミトモ ダイニッポン ファーマ オンコロジー， インコーポレイテッド Pharmaceuticals containing heterocyclic protein kinase inhibitors
AU2020232616A1 (en) 2019-03-01 2021-09-09 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Bicyclic heterocyclyl compounds and uses thereof
SG11202109036WA (en) 2019-03-01 2021-09-29 Revolution Medicines Inc Bicyclic heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US20220296595A1 (en) * 2019-05-05 2022-09-22 Qilu Regor Therapeutics Inc. Cdk inhibitors
EP3738593A1 (en) 2019-05-14 2020-11-18 Amgen, Inc Dosing of kras inhibitor for treatment of cancers
CN114144414A (en) 2019-05-21 2022-03-04 美国安进公司 Solid state form
AR119009A1 (en) * 2019-05-29 2021-11-17 Syngenta Crop Protection Ag MICROBICIDE ALCOPYPYRIDINE AND ALCOXYPYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES
AU2020324963A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2022-02-24 Amgen Inc. KIF18A inhibitors
MX2022001295A (en) 2019-08-02 2022-02-22 Amgen Inc Kif18a inhibitors.
EP4007638A1 (en) 2019-08-02 2022-06-08 Amgen Inc. Pyridine derivatives as kif18a inhibitors
MX2022001296A (en) 2019-08-02 2022-02-22 Amgen Inc Kif18a inhibitors.
JP2022543843A (en) 2019-08-08 2022-10-14 ライジェル ファーマシューティカルズ， インコーポレイテッド Compounds and methods for treating cytokine release syndrome
WO2021081212A1 (en) 2019-10-24 2021-04-29 Amgen Inc. Pyridopyrimidine derivatives useful as kras g12c and kras g12d inhibitors in the treatment of cancer
TW202132314A (en) 2019-11-04 2021-09-01 美商銳新醫藥公司 Ras inhibitors
CR20220240A (en) 2019-11-04 2022-08-03 Revolution Medicines Inc Ras inhibitors
JP2022553858A (en) 2019-11-04 2022-12-26 レボリューション メディシンズ インコーポレイテッド RAS inhibitor
CA3156359A1 (en) 2019-11-08 2021-05-14 Adrian Liam Gill Bicyclic heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof
US20230192681A1 (en) 2019-11-14 2023-06-22 Amgen Inc. Improved synthesis of kras g12c inhibitor compound
WO2021097207A1 (en) 2019-11-14 2021-05-20 Amgen Inc. Improved synthesis of kras g12c inhibitor compound
EP4065231A1 (en) 2019-11-27 2022-10-05 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Covalent ras inhibitors and uses thereof
TW202140011A (en) 2020-01-07 2021-11-01 美商銳新醫藥公司 Shp2 inhibitor dosing and methods of treating cancer
KR20230042600A (en) 2020-06-18 2023-03-28 레볼루션 메디슨즈, 인크. Methods of Delaying, Preventing, and Treating Acquired Resistance to RAS Inhibitors
AU2021344830A1 (en) 2020-09-03 2023-04-06 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Use of SOS1 inhibitors to treat malignancies with SHP2 mutations
IL301298A (en) 2020-09-15 2023-05-01 Revolution Medicines Inc Indole derivatives as ras inhibitors in the treatment of cancer
JP2024501280A (en) 2020-12-22 2024-01-11 キル・レガー・セラピューティクス・インコーポレーテッド SOS1 inhibitors and their uses
AR125787A1 (en) 2021-05-05 2023-08-16 Revolution Medicines Inc RAS INHIBITORS
CN117500811A (en) 2021-05-05 2024-02-02 锐新医药公司 Covalent RAS inhibitors and uses thereof
CR20230570A (en) 2021-05-05 2024-01-22 Revolution Medicines Inc Ras inhibitors
AR127308A1 (en) 2021-10-08 2024-01-10 Revolution Medicines Inc RAS INHIBITORS
TW202340214A (en) 2021-12-17 2023-10-16 美商健臻公司 Pyrazolopyrazine compounds as shp2 inhibitors
WO2023150197A1 (en) * 2022-02-03 2023-08-10 Nexys Therapeutics, Inc. Aryl hydrocarbon receptor agonists and uses thereof
EP4227307A1 (en) 2022-02-11 2023-08-16 Genzyme Corporation Pyrazolopyrazine compounds as shp2 inhibitors
WO2023172940A1 (en) 2022-03-08 2023-09-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Methods for treating immune refractory lung cancer
WO2023240263A1 (en) 2022-06-10 2023-12-14 Revolution Medicines, Inc. Macrocyclic ras inhibitors

Family Cites Families (88)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR1285932A (en) 1960-12-26 1962-03-02 Nord Aviation Hollow charge
US3947467A (en) 1973-08-02 1976-03-30 Eli Lilly And Company 3-(5-Nitro-2-imidazolyl) pyrazoles
FR2257272B1 (en) * 1974-01-15 1978-08-25 Pharmascience Labo
US4193926A (en) * 1974-03-20 1980-03-18 Schering Aktiengesellschaft 4-(Polyalkoxy phenyl)-2-pyrrolidones
DE2413935A1 (en) * 1974-03-20 1975-10-16 Schering Ag 4- (POLYALCOXY-PHENYL) -2-PYRROLIDONE
DE2541855A1 (en) * 1975-09-18 1977-03-31 Schering Ag 4- (POLYALCOXY-PHENYL) -2-PYRROLIDONE II
FR2313422A2 (en) 1975-06-02 1976-12-31 Labaz Stabilisers for vinyl chloride polymers - comprising substd. (2)-phenyl-indoles
SU888821A3 (en) * 1976-12-03 1981-12-07 Шеринг Аг (Инофирма) Method of preparing 5-(substituted phehyl)-oxazolidinones or their sulphur-containing analogs
EP0006298B1 (en) * 1978-06-15 1982-03-31 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Anti-inflammatory 1-phenyl-2-aminoethanol derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions thereof for topical use, and processes for their manufacture
DE3374313D1 (en) 1982-12-23 1987-12-10 Smith Kline French Lab AMINOPYRIMIDINONE DERIVATIVES AS HISTAMINE H1-ANTAGONISTS
IT1161221B (en) * 1983-04-21 1987-03-18 Ripharm Srl COMPOUND FOR PSORIASIS TREATMENT
US4694009A (en) 1984-06-25 1987-09-15 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Pesticidal compositions
US4788195A (en) * 1986-01-13 1988-11-29 American Cyanamid Company 4,5,6-substituted-N-(substituted-phenyl)-2-pyrimidinamines
US4876252A (en) * 1986-01-13 1989-10-24 American Cyanamid Company 4,5,6-substituted-N-(substituted-phenyl)-2-pyrimidinamines
EP0233461B2 (en) * 1986-01-13 2002-05-29 American Cyanamid Company 4,5,6-Substituted-2-pyrimidinamines
US5128358A (en) * 1988-01-19 1992-07-07 Pfizer Inc. Aryl substituted nitrogen heterocyclic antidepressants
HU215433B (en) * 1986-04-29 2000-05-28 Pfizer Inc. Process for producing new 2-oxo-5-phenyl-pyrimidin derivatives
US4921862A (en) * 1986-05-29 1990-05-01 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Carbostyril derivatives as combined thromboxane synthetase and cyclic-amp phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US4792561A (en) * 1986-05-29 1988-12-20 Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. Carbostyril derivatives as combined thromboxane synthetase and cyclic-AMP phosphodiesterase inhibitors
CN1030415A (en) 1987-02-20 1989-01-18 山之内制药株式会社 Saturated heterocycle carboxamide derivatives and its preparation method
US4971959A (en) * 1987-04-14 1990-11-20 Warner-Lambert Company Trisubstituted phenyl analogs having activity for congestive heart failure
US5274002A (en) * 1987-04-14 1993-12-28 Warner-Lambert Company Trisubstituted phenyl analogs having activity for congestive heart failure
DE3882821D1 (en) * 1987-06-11 1993-09-09 Ciba Geigy Ag MICROBICIDES.
US4966622A (en) * 1988-04-12 1990-10-30 Ciba-Geigy Corporation N-phenyl-N-pyrimidin-2-ylureas
US4897396A (en) * 1988-06-03 1990-01-30 Ciba-Geigy Corporation 2-phenylamino pyrimidine derivatives and their uses as microbicides
DK0469013T3 (en) * 1989-04-17 1995-10-02 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chem Fab New aryl pyridazines, their preparation, their use, and drugs containing them
US5164372A (en) 1989-04-28 1992-11-17 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Company, Ltd. Peptide compounds having substance p antagonism, processes for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same
JPH075572B2 (en) * 1989-08-18 1995-01-25 積水化学工業株式会社 2- [2- (2-hydroxyphenyl) vinylpyrazine and method for producing the same
JPH0377923A (en) * 1989-08-18 1991-04-03 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Organic nonlinear optical material
DE4003919A1 (en) * 1990-02-09 1991-08-14 Basf Ag HETEROARYLALKENES, METHODS AND INTERMEDIATE PRODUCTS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR USE
GB9007762D0 (en) * 1990-04-05 1990-06-06 Beecham Group Plc Novel compounds
WO1991016892A1 (en) * 1990-04-27 1991-11-14 Rorer International (Holdings), Inc. Styryl compounds which inhibit egf receptor protein tyrosine kinase
AU8229291A (en) * 1990-07-10 1992-02-04 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Oxamides
US5124455A (en) * 1990-08-08 1992-06-23 American Home Products Corporation Oxime-carbamates and oxime-carbonates as bronchodilators and anti-inflammatory agents
WO1992006085A1 (en) * 1990-09-28 1992-04-16 Smith Kline & French Laboratories Limited Phenylpyridinol derivatives as medicaments
DE59109027D1 (en) * 1990-10-16 1998-08-13 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chem Fab Arylpyridazinone
EP0557408A4 (en) * 1990-11-06 1993-10-27 Smith-Kline Beecham Corporation Imidazolidinone compounds
GB9027055D0 (en) * 1990-12-13 1991-02-06 Sandoz Ltd Organic compounds
IE71647B1 (en) * 1991-01-28 1997-02-26 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Ltd Benzamide derivatives
US5698711A (en) 1991-01-28 1997-12-16 Rhone-Poulenc Rorer Limited Compounds containing phenyl linked to aryl or heteroaryl by an aliphatic- or heteroatom-containing linking group
US5449676A (en) * 1991-04-26 1995-09-12 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh Pyridazines
US5191084A (en) * 1991-05-01 1993-03-02 American Home Products Corporation Phenyl pyrazolidinones as bronchodilators and anti-inflammatory agents
PT100441A (en) * 1991-05-02 1993-09-30 Smithkline Beecham Corp PIRROLIDINONES, ITS PREPARATION PROCESS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND USE
EP0540165A1 (en) * 1991-10-03 1993-05-05 Zeneca Limited Alkanoic acid derivatives
CA2080554A1 (en) * 1991-10-15 1993-04-16 Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation Styrene derivatives
DE4136921A1 (en) * 1991-11-11 1993-05-13 Knoll Ag METHOD FOR SEPARATING 5-METHYL-TETRAHYDROFOLIC ACID
US5326898A (en) * 1992-02-11 1994-07-05 Allergan, Inc. Substituted phenylethenyl compounds having retinoid-like biological activity
EP0633775B1 (en) * 1992-04-02 2000-05-31 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Compounds useful for treating inflammatory diseases and for inhibiting production of tumor necrosis factor
TW225528B (en) * 1992-04-03 1994-06-21 Ciba Geigy Ag
US5521184A (en) * 1992-04-03 1996-05-28 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Pyrimidine derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
GB9212693D0 (en) * 1992-06-15 1992-07-29 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9212673D0 (en) * 1992-06-15 1992-07-29 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
IL106517A0 (en) * 1992-07-28 1994-08-26 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Ltd Compounds containing phenyl linked to aryl or heteroaryl by an aliphatic or heteroatom containing linking group
GB9222253D0 (en) * 1992-10-23 1992-12-09 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
DK0672031T3 (en) * 1992-12-02 2003-06-10 Pfizer Catechol dieters as selective PDE IV inhibitors
DK0674631T3 (en) * 1992-12-17 2000-04-10 Pfizer Substituted pyrazoles as CRF antogonists
TW263495B (en) * 1992-12-23 1995-11-21 Celltech Ltd
US5622977A (en) * 1992-12-23 1997-04-22 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Tri-substituted (aryl or heteroaryl) derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
GB9226830D0 (en) * 1992-12-23 1993-02-17 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9304919D0 (en) 1993-03-10 1993-04-28 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9304920D0 (en) * 1993-03-10 1993-04-28 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9315595D0 (en) * 1993-07-28 1993-09-08 Res Inst Medicine Chem New compounds
WO1995009847A1 (en) * 1993-10-01 1995-04-13 Ciba-Geigy Ag Pyrimidineamine derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US5543520A (en) * 1993-10-01 1996-08-06 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Pyrimidine derivatives
EP0672042B1 (en) * 1993-10-01 2006-05-03 Novartis AG Pharmacologically active pyrimidineamine derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
US5728708A (en) * 1993-10-01 1998-03-17 Novartis Corporation Pharmacologically active pyridine derivatives and processes for the preparation thereof
CZ283564B6 (en) 1993-11-26 1998-05-13 Pfizer Inc. 3-aryl-2-isoxazoline-5-hydroxamic acids and pharmaceutical compositions based thereon
GB9326173D0 (en) * 1993-12-22 1994-02-23 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds and process
ATE260911T1 (en) 1993-12-22 2004-03-15 Celltech R&D Ltd TRISUBSUTITUTED PHENYL DERIVATIVES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE AS PHOSPHODIESTERASE (TYPE IV) INHIBITORS
GB9326699D0 (en) 1993-12-22 1994-03-02 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
US5691376A (en) 1994-02-17 1997-11-25 American Home Products Corporation Substituted biphenyl derivatives
US5559137A (en) * 1994-05-16 1996-09-24 Smithkline Beecham Corp. Compounds
AU2265495A (en) * 1994-06-06 1996-01-04 Pfizer Inc. Substituted pyrazoles having corticotropin-releasing factor (crf) antagonist activity
US5786354A (en) 1994-06-21 1998-07-28 Celltech Therapeutics, Limited Tri-substituted phenyl derivatives and processes for their preparation
US6245774B1 (en) * 1994-06-21 2001-06-12 Celltech Therapeutics Limited Tri-substituted phenyl or pyridine derivatives
GB9412573D0 (en) 1994-06-22 1994-08-10 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9412571D0 (en) 1994-06-22 1994-08-10 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9412672D0 (en) * 1994-06-23 1994-08-10 Celltech Ltd Chemical compounds
WO1996014843A2 (en) * 1994-11-10 1996-05-23 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Pharmaceutical pyrazole compositions useful as inhibitors of protein kinases
CA2182946A1 (en) 1994-12-23 1996-07-04 Raymond John Owens Human phosphodiesterase type ivc, and its production and use
US5593997A (en) * 1995-05-23 1997-01-14 Pfizer Inc. 4-aminopyrazolo(3-,4-D)pyrimidine and 4-aminopyrazolo-(3,4-D)pyridine tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US5776699A (en) * 1995-09-01 1998-07-07 Allergan, Inc. Method of identifying negative hormone and/or antagonist activities
CZ98998A3 (en) * 1995-10-02 1998-10-14 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Pyrimidine derivatives as antagonists of 5ht2c receptor
GB9526245D0 (en) 1995-12-21 1996-02-21 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9526243D0 (en) 1995-12-21 1996-02-21 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9526246D0 (en) 1995-12-21 1996-02-21 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9608435D0 (en) 1996-04-24 1996-06-26 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
GB9625184D0 (en) 1996-12-04 1997-01-22 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See references of WO9719065A1 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6235746B1 (en) 2001-05-22
EP0862560B1 (en) 2003-04-02
US5958935A (en) 1999-09-28
DE69627179D1 (en) 2003-05-08
GB9523675D0 (en) 1996-01-24
DE69627179T2 (en) 2004-01-29
WO1997019065A1 (en) 1997-05-29
ES2195020T3 (en) 2003-12-01
AU7631496A (en) 1997-06-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP0862560B1 (en) Substituted 2-anilinopyrimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
US6048866A (en) Substituted 2-anilinopryimidines useful as protein kinase inhibitors
EP1187816B1 (en) 5-cyano-2-aminopyrimidine derivatives
US6093716A (en) Substituted 2-pyrimidineamines and processes for their preparation
EP0934304B1 (en) 2-pyrimidineamine derivatives and processes for their preparation
US5922741A (en) 5-aminopyrazoles useful as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
US6600037B1 (en) 4,5-disubstituted-2-aminopyrimidines
WO1998028281A1 (en) Fused polycyclic 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives, their preparation and their use as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors
EP1133488A1 (en) Propanoic acid derivatives as integrin inhibitors
EP0989985B1 (en) Fused polycyclic 2-aminopyrimidine derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors
US7012076B2 (en) Bicyclic amine derivatives as inhibitors of class 1 receptor tyrosine kinases
WO2002087587A2 (en) 4-aminosulfonylquinazolines and -quinolines as tyrosine kinase inhibitors
JP2006519234A (en) New compounds

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 19980522

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): CH DE ES FR GB IT LI

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20000913

GRAG Despatch of communication of intention to grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS AGRA

GRAG Despatch of communication of intention to grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS AGRA

GRAH Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS IGRA

GRAH Despatch of communication of intention to grant a patent

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: EPIDOS IGRA

GRAA (expected) grant

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009210

AK Designated contracting states

Designated state(s): CH DE ES FR GB IT LI

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: GB

Ref legal event code: FG4D

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: EP

REF Corresponds to:

Ref document number: 69627179

Country of ref document: DE

Date of ref document: 20030508

Kind code of ref document: P

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: NV

Representative=s name: BOVARD AG PATENTANWAELTE

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: CH

Payment date: 20031128

Year of fee payment: 8

ET Fr: translation filed
PLBE No opposition filed within time limit

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009261

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: NO OPPOSITION FILED WITHIN TIME LIMIT

26N No opposition filed

Effective date: 20040105

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: LI

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20041130

Ref country code: CH

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20041130

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: ES

Payment date: 20041214

Year of fee payment: 9

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: CH

Ref legal event code: PL

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Payment date: 20051108

Year of fee payment: 10

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Payment date: 20051116

Year of fee payment: 10

PGFP Annual fee paid to national office [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Payment date: 20051117

Year of fee payment: 10

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: IT

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20051120

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: ES

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20051121

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: ES

Ref legal event code: FD2A

Effective date: 20051121

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: DE

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20070601

GBPC Gb: european patent ceased through non-payment of renewal fee

Effective date: 20061120

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: FR

Ref legal event code: ST

Effective date: 20070731

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: GB

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20061120

PG25 Lapsed in a contracting state [announced via postgrant information from national office to epo]

Ref country code: FR

Free format text: LAPSE BECAUSE OF NON-PAYMENT OF DUE FEES

Effective date: 20061130